Skip to main content

Life Magazines (North London editions) August 2026

Page 1

Organic. Odourless. Zero voc.


Consultant Plastic Surgeon

Professional | Approachable | Bespoke

More information is available at www.chrisabela.co.uk


Skin check: Meet and Treat appointments For a number of years, Chris has been offering ‘Meet and Treat’ appointments for skin lesions, including moles, skin tags, cysts and lipomas. This is where, within the same appointment, he will meet for a patient for the first time and remove the skin complaint using local anaesthetic: the patient remains awake and the area numbed. These appointments are ideal for those who have a specific skin complaint which they would like removed as quickly as possible and/or for those short on time. For more information about Meet and Treat appointments, please scan the QR code below. For those looking at overall skin health, Chris offers a mole, lump and bump appointment - either individually or for the whole family from birth to maturity, which are bookable online. Lunchtime and before/after school appointments are available. Chris Abela is a consultant plastic surgeon. He is well-versed in examining skin, moles, lumps and bumps and currently works within a skin and craniofacial multidisciplinary team in his NHS role. He has removed and/or been involved in the reconstruction of over 2,000 skin complaints. He has trained in several leading malignant skin cancer specialist units and As featured in Tatler Magazine’s Doctors has a paediatric fellowship Guide: Top Plastic Surgeons from Great Ormond Street Hospital. ®

Chris runs a private practice with clinics at 84 Harley Street and at Wimbledon Parkside Hospital.

If you have any questions, please contact Chris at info@chrisabela.co.uk or on 0203 545 2990


Famella

Famella are a family run organisation that specialises in high specification refurbishments, conversions, extensions, basements and new builds in the prime residential market and have a proven track record in this field. Famella fully understands what an architect, structural engineer and client require from a contractor. They operate within key areas of expertise, understand the complexities of modern design and are dedicated to project delivery.

They enjoy the challenge of working with new materials, procuring modern designs and incorporating design development where necessary. @famellabuildingcontractors

T: 01992 893 068


Famella have been creating beautiful award-winning homes for over 25 years

Famella’s projects have won numerous industry awards including RIBA Award 2010 & 2022 and have had their work published within the RIBA Journal, World Of Interiors, Architectural Digest, Architects Journal, Architecture Today, Dezeen, Wallpaper Magazine, The Times and numerous books. “Famella have executed several projects within the Grade 1 Listed RIBA headquarters. Each was managed very efficiently and completed on-time and within budget. The quality of work and attention to detail was of an exceptionally high standard and I therefore have no hesitation in recommending Famella.”

www.famella.co.uk


INSPIRED OUTDOOR LIVING Pehrsson Scott Ltd is an award-winning landscape consultancy offering high-end, turnkey services across Hertfordshire, the Home Counties, and London. We specialise in landscape architecture and design, full construction, and comprehensive aftercare and gardening services, enabling us to deliver projects of exceptional quality. Every aspect of our work is carried out in-house, ensuring precision, consistency, and expert management from concept through to completion. Our expertise spans a diverse range of landscapes—from elegant city rooftops to expansive country gardens—each carefully designed to support long-term enjoyment and sustainability.

enquiries@pehrssonscott.com | Or call us on 01727 576008


DESIGN | LANDSCAPE | MAINTAIN Excellence in landscape creation demands thoughtful planning, meticulous design, and rigorous management, ensuring that every space is not only beautiful but deeply functional. With a team of specialists in landscape architecture, planting design, construction, and project management, we provide a multidisciplinary approach to each project. Our commitment to sustainability and ecological responsibility informs our design philosophy, integrating ecological systems with artistic vision. Strong client relationships remain at the heart of what we do, allowing us to develop thoughtfully tailored environments that enhance the way people experience and interact with their surroundings. At Pehrsson Scott Ltd, we create landscapes that are built to last— spaces where craftsmanship, innovation, and expertise come together to form environments that inspire and endure.

Pehrsson Scott, Cell Barnes House, Cell Barnes Lane, St Albans, AL1 5AS


GLENN CAVILL ARCHITECTURE • The moment you realise you no longer need a holiday to feel like at home • The light that awakes you before the alarm • The kitchen everyone ends up in The place where Sunday mornings last longer • The view you’ll never get tired of • The room your grandchildren will always call “theirs”

Several summers ago I found myself asking a simple question Why does life feel different here It wasn’t the destination It was the way the place had been designed Ever since, I’ve been obsessed with helping clients experience that feeling every single day - founder Glenn Cavill


GLENN CAVILL ARCHITECTURE


LOC AL

36 AUGUST 2026


LIFE MAGAZINES In the midst of bustling streets, towering buildings and the constant rhythm of urban life, the Royal Parks offer something increasingly precious - space to breathe. Living pieces of history where nature, culture and recreation come together to enrich the lives of millions of visitors every year. Originally created as private hunting grounds and pleasure gardens for monarchs, the Royal Parks are rich in history telling stories of the past and allowing visitors to experience centuries of tradition. Following last year’s thrilling launch, Chelsea will come alive as Chelsea Arts Festival returns with four extraordinary days of culture, creativity, and community - spanning iconic venues and the streets of one of London’s most storied neighbourhoods. This vibrant festival unites a diverse mix of artists, performers, and creative visionaries from all disciplines. There is nowhere in the world quite like Claridge’s. Synonymous with elegance, discretion and enduring glamour, it sets the standard for British hospitality, honouring tradition while embracing a spirit of quiet innovation. Claridge’s has announced the publication of its firstever book - Claridge’s: Queen of Hotels, Hotel of Kings. This authorised biography tells the extraordinary story of how the iconic hotel became a much-loved international legend.

Faye Manning Editor

EDITOR FAYE MANNING EDITORIAL ASSISTANT KATIE MILLER SUB EDITOR NICHOLAS PETER FASHION EDITOR LARA ACCISON DESIGN & PRODUCTION LISA WADE SOCIAL MEDIA PARKER JONES ACCOUNT MANAGERS VANESSA LANE, NICOLA DREW, LISA WESTERMAN ACCOUNTS TRACEY HALLS, ANDREE GEORGIOU DIRECTORS RORY SMITH, PATRICK SMITH PUBLISHED BY FISH MEDIA GROUP LTD 0844 800 8439 WWW.THELIFEMAGAZINES.COM LIFEMAGAZINES © All Rights Reserved. Life Magazines are copyrighted and may not be reproduced in any form either in part or whole without written permission from the publishers. Whilst Fish Media Group Ltd. takes every reasonable precaution, no responsibility can be accepted for any property, services or products offered in these publications and any loss arising therefrom. Whilst every care is taken with all materials submitted to Life Magazines, the publisher cannot accept any responsibility for the loss or damage to such material. Fish Media Group Ltd. reserves the right to reject or accept any advertisement, article or material prior to publication. Opinions expressed are strictly those of the authors and do not necessarily represent the views or policies of Fish Media Group Ltd. We accept no liability for any mistakes and no responsibility can be taken for the content of these pages.


FASHION, HEALTH & BEAUTY FEATURE

MADE FOR MOTION:

The Living Collection at Studio434

T

here is a quiet misconception that collections are built to stand still. Walk through most museums and history is preserved behind barriers, admired but untouchable. The objects have reached their final destination; their stories are complete. Studio434 was founded on a different belief that history should continue to move. Because the world’s most memorable cars were never designed to spend their lives beneath dust covers or behind velvet ropes. They were engineered to travel, to work, to inspire and, perhaps most importantly, to be seen. That philosophy defines Studio434. Home to an evolving collection of historic, classic and specialist vehicles, Studio434 exists at the intersection of preservation and performance. Every car has a story, but unlike traditional collections, these stories continue to unfold. From the quiet anticipation of a film set before first light to the controlled chaos of a television production, Studio434’s vehicles become part of narratives watched by millions around the world. The camera has an extraordinary ability to expose inauthenticity. It notices proportions, reflections, textures and details that the human eye often overlooks. A modern substitute can imitate the past, but it rarely convinces. Authenticity

40 AUGUST 2026

cannot be manufactured – it must be preserved. This is where Studio434 has earned its reputation. Each vehicle is selected not simply for rarity or value, but for its ability to evoke a moment in time. An understated family saloon can be every bit as important as an iconic grand tourer. One recalls ordinary Britain; the other defines aspiration. Together they create believable worlds, allowing directors, designers and producers to tell stories without compromise. Yet the collection represents far more than an archive of motoring history. Every vehicle remains exactly what it was intended to be: functional. Maintained with meticulous care and prepared to exacting standards, the fleet regularly leaves the collection for feature films, television dramas, commercials, editorials and photographic commissions. Their destination is rarely a showroom floor. More often, it is the next scene. In many ways, that is the greatest measure of authenticity. A car that continues to perform decades after it was built possesses something that restoration alone cannot achieve. It carries the character of its age while remaining entirely relevant to the present. Every journey to a location shoot becomes another chapter in its history, ensuring

THE DETAILS For more details visit studio434.co.uk Follow on Instagram@434thecollection Email: enquiry@studio434.co.uk Tel: 01707 642514


that these remarkable machines are not simply remembered but experienced. Behind every booking lies an appreciation for craftsmanship; not only in engineering, but in storytelling itself. Film is built upon details. Costume informs character. Architecture establishes place. Lighting creates atmosphere. Vehicles complete the illusion. Often occupying only a few moments of screen time, they nevertheless shape the audience’s understanding long before a single line of dialogue is spoken. Studio434 understands this responsibility. It is why production companies return, why creative directors seek out the collection, and why every vehicle is prepared with the same attention to detail expected of the productions it serves. But beyond the screen lies something equally important. Every departure from Studio434 represents another opportunity to keep automotive heritage alive. Rather than preserving history as something static, the collection celebrates movement.

It is an approach that feels increasingly rare in a world where so much heritage risks becoming ornamental. The collection is not defined by what it owns, but by what it enables. It gives filmmakers authenticity, photographers atmosphere and audiences an experience that feels instinctively real. It reminds us that the finest cars were never intended simply to survive;they were created to be driven, admired and remembered. At Studio434, heritage is not parked. It is, as it has always been, Made for Motion.

Engines start. Doors close. Wheels turn. Stories continue.

AUGUST 2026 41


LOC AL

The multi-award-winning

REGENT’S PARK OPEN AIR THEATRE In a truly magical outdoor setting, enjoy a host of events at the Open Air Theatre as part of their 2026 season. These include musicals, plays, family shows, dance, comedy and more.

CATS: MUSIC BY ANDREW LLOYD WEBBER Until 19 September 2026 Regent’s Park Open Air Theatre With Michael Harrison for Lloyd Webber Harrison Musicals A brand-new production of Andrew Lloyd Webber’s beloved musical CATS has arrived at Regent’s Park Open Air Theatre. From Euston station to Victoria Grove, the strays and rebels of London gather under the Jellicle moon in the hope they’ll be the chosen one. And each of them asks, because each of them dares, who will it be? Based on T.S. Eliot’s Old Possum’s Book of Practical Cats, and with a legendary score featuring Old Deuteronomy, Macavity: The Mystery Cat, Jellicle Ball and the chart-topping hit Memory, this production of CATS, directed and choreographed by Regent’s Park Open Air Theatre Artistic Director Drew McOnie (Jesus Christ Superstar, Brigadoon), is sure to be one of the theatrical events of 2026. Following a limited London run of just 8 weeks, this production will undertake a major UK tour through to July 2027. Suitable for ages 5+. Anyone under the age of 16 must be accompanied by an adult 18 or over. Tickets from £15 + £2.50 booking fee per transaction

cleverest of all the animals in the kingdom was a spider – the infamous Anansi – the original trickster and the master spinner of yarns. But sometimes Anansi could be a little too clever for his own good….. Following sold-out runs at the Unicorn Theatre in 2023 and 2025, these classic West African and Caribbean folk tales about the mischievous spider who triumphs over larger foes are brought vividly to life. The show takes place on the theatre lawn. All you need is a blanket to sit on and a curious heart. Age guidance 4+ For their full programme of events, visit openairtheatre.com Regent’s Park Open Air Theatre, Regent’s Park, NW1 4NU

ANANSI THE SPIDER 15 August - 6 September 2026 A Unicorn Theatre and Regent’s Park Open Air Theatre Production People say that in a time long, long ago, animals walked on two feet and spoke with words, like we do. And back then, everyone knew that the 42 AUGUST 2026

Anansi The Spider

“From Euston station to Victoria Grove, the strays and rebels of London gather under the Jellicle moon in the hope they’ll be the chosen one. And each of them asks, because each of them dares, who will it be?”


LOC AL

THE EMORY AND SURRENNE INTRODUCE FIRST URBAN WELLNESS RETREAT composition analysis and VO2 max analysis • Surrenne Belgravia membership for the duration of the stay • Daily studio classes, including Tracy Anderson classes - exclusive to the UK • Daily 60-minute personal training, one-to-one yoga or one-to-one Pilates session • Daily infrared iDome treatment, to promote heavy-metal detoxification, muscle recovery and skin rejuvenation • Daily spa treatment, recommended according to guests’ medical consultation • Breakfast, lunch and dinner each day, curated by leading nutritionist Rose Ferguson • Supplement prescription • Post retreat consultation

T

he Emory – London’s first all-suite hotel, introduces the ‘City Circadian Reset’- a wellness retreat specifically designed and crafted to ground, recharge and regenerate its guests. Below the hotel sits Surrenne Belgravia, London’s foremost wellbeing and longevity members club, spanning four subterranean floors. The retreat’s unique programme - tailored bespoke for each guest - blends time in this groundbreaking wellness epicentre, with standout luxury. Grounded in science, the urban retreat is led by an expert team that includes specialist practitioners providing one-to-one consultations and support, personalised treatments and therapies.

AVAILABLE FOR TWO NIGHTS OR MORE, THE CITY CIRCADIAN RESET AT THE EMORY INCLUDES: • A 60-minute consultation with Surrenne’s medical lead*, followed by a bespoke retreat programme including exercise prescription and supplement plan (scans and blood tests can be arranged at an additional cost) • A fitness consultation including body 44 AUGUST 2026

“Below the hotel sits Surrenne Belgravia, London’s foremost wellbeing and longevity members club”

ALSO FEATURED WITHIN THE RETREAT: Prior to their stay at The Emory - guests’ goals, requirements and priorities are identified. Upon arrival, they are met by their personal Retreat Concierge – bypassing the traditional check-in process to receive a guided tour of Surrenne Belgravia, before being whisked up to their suite


LOC AL

to be checked in privately. Retreat guests’ suites are thoughtfully curated - compression boots for post-workout recovery and an LED light panel are provided with advice on when to use for best benefits, a wellness book selected from Surrenne Belgravia’s Longevity Library according to the guests’ priorities. The complementary mini bar includes electrolytes, chilled 111SKIN eye masks, kombucha, magnesium and CBD drinks, cold pressed juices and adaptogenic chocolate.

THE RETREAT PROGRAMME FEATURES EXPERTLY CREATED WELLNESS MOMENTS FOR THE GUEST: Mornings start with a ritual exposing the guest to sunlight, and mindful local walks in Hyde Park (a stone’s throw from The Emory) Harrods, Harvey Nichols and artisanal Pavilion Road are all just a short jog away. Time spent in Surrenne Belgravia allows the guest to experience the club’s unparalleled facilities – underwater speakers allow guests to swim to a music programme designed by neuroscientists to support cognitive enhancement, cold and heat exposure comes from the club’s snow shower and sauna, and a hydrogen tap provides guests with anti-inflammatory drinking water, alkalised for the body to boost brain function. Upon departure, retreat guests leave with a month-long supplement prescription and their gym kit freshly laundered by The Emory team. A 46 AUGUST 2026

follow up virtual consultation a month post-retreat ensures the guest benefits from the City Circadian Reset beyond their stay. *Surrenne’s medical services are conducted in partnership with SOLICE Health, with two of the most respected figures in private medicine at the helm of the team: Dr Liza Osagie-Clouard and Dr Tim Evans. Dr Osagie-Clouard, named one of London’s best concierge doctors, is an awardwinning orthopaedic surgeon who trained in both New York and London. Her PhD was in advanced research into the use of stem cells for healing, which prompted her passion for harnessing science and art to achieve true modern wellbeing. Dr Evans has over forty years experience, and has pioneered holistic, evidence-based care that unites medical science with complementary therapies. Formerly Apothecary to the late Queen Elizabeth II for 20 years, he leads a new era of personalised, preventative, and longevity-focused healthcare. Their combined approach defines the Surrenne healthcare standard.

THE DETAILS City Circadian Reset at The Emory costs from £5,010 per person for two nights. Additional nights are from £2,180 per night. To book visit maybourne.com/en/hotels/ the-emory


AUGUST 2026 47


LOC AL

CLARIDGE’S MAYFAIR

PUBLISHES ITS FIRST AUTHORISED BIOGRAPHY

T

here is nowhere in the world quite like Claridge’s. Synonymous with elegance, discretion and enduring glamour, it sets the standard for British hospitality, honouring tradition while embracing a spirit of quiet innovation. Claridge’s has announced the publication of its first-ever book - Claridge’s: Queen of Hotels, Hotel of Kings. This authorised biography tells the extraordinary story of how the iconic hotel became a much-loved international legend. From its beginnings as Mivart’s Hotel in the early nineteenth century, through two world wars and decades of transformation, to the present day, the book traces each chapter of Claridge’s evolution with insight and charm. Along the way, it brings to life the remarkable cast of guests, including royalty, statesmen, film stars and cultural icons, who have passed through its doors, many of whom have called it home. The only place to stay in London. At the end of the Second World War, when

48 AUGUST 2026

unexpectedly defeated in the general election of 1945, Sir Winston Churchill was temporarily without a London home and took a suite at Claridge’s. In this comprehensive, lively and superbly readable account with unprecedented access to Claridge’s never- seen-before archives, celebrated historian Martin Williams invites readers to check in at one of the world’s most storied hotels and immerse themselves in the colourful history of this London landmark. He evokes the glamour, excitement and drama of each chapter in Claridge’s unfolding story while taking readers behind the scenes to explain how and why it has become, for all who know and love it, both a legend and a way of life. Few would dispute its right to be considered the Queen of Hotels and Hotel of Kings. Commenting on the launch of the book, Claridge’s Managing Director Thomas Kochs said ‘We are honoured to be working with

“Martin Williams invites readers to check in at one of the world’s most storied hotels and immerse themselves in the colourful history of this London landmark”


Martin Williams

King Paul and Queen Frederica of Greece host a return banquet for HRH The Queen and the Duke of Edinburgh at Claridges, London 1963.

Martin Williams and Hodder & Stoughton on this first book on Claridge’s. Through his hard work and tenacity Martin has unearthed all kinds of colourful and magical stories about life at Claridge’s over the years, and he has somehow made us fall in love with the hotels distinguished history more than ever. We are sure readers and indeed our guests will feel the same.’ Author Martin Williams says: ‘From architecture, interior design and haute cuisine to royalty, politics and high society, so many fascinating elements and personalities have combined to imbue Claridge’s with its unrivalled heritage and unique character. Since its earliest days at the height of the Regency, luminaries as diverse as Empress Eugénie, Audrey Hepburn, Winston Churchill and Gordon Ramsay have passed through its doors, each leaving an indelible mark behind them. It’s been a privilege to be granted the opportunity to tell, for the first time ever, the complete history of Claridge’s – truly a hotel like no other.’

About Claridge’s At the centre of London’s Mayfair, Claridge’s, operated by Maybourne, embodies grand English style, timeless glamour, and intuitive and highly tailored service. It is London’s Art Deco jewel, and home to elegant rooms and suites. From London’s finest afternoon tea in The Foyer, to drinks in The Fumoir, Claridge’s Bar and The Painter’s Room, and indeed now Claridge’s Bakery and the recently opened restaurant Dante Mayfair, all are part of the hotel’s unique splendour and charm.

THE DETAILS

About Martin Williams Martin Williams is a London-based author, historian and public speaker who worked at Christie’s, Bonhams and Sotheby’s Institute of Art before he became a full-time writer. His first book, The King is Dead, Long Live the King!, was an account of the social and cultural impact of the death of King Edward VII in 1910. In 2023, it was selected as a Times ‘Book of the Week’ and a Country Life ‘Book of the Year’.

Hodder & Stoughton will publish Claridge’s: Queen of Hotels, Hotel of Kings, in hardback, audiobook and eBook on 8th October 2026. Readers can pre-order copies at shop.claridges.co.uk/ products/claridges-queenof-hotels-hotel-of-kings maybourne.com

AUGUST 2026 49


LOC AL

The Royal Parks:

I

The Green Jewels of London

n the midst of bustling streets, towering buildings and the constant rhythm of urban life, the Royal Parks offer something increasingly precious - space to breathe. Living pieces of history where nature, culture and recreation come together to enrich the lives of millions of visitors every year. Originally created as private hunting grounds and pleasure gardens for monarchs, the Royal Parks are rich in history - telling stories of the past and allowing visitors to experience centuries of tradition. Dedicated teams of gardeners, ecologists, historians and volunteers work together to preserve historic landscapes, while protecting wildlife and ensuring that these cherished spaces remain healthy and accessible for years to come. As cities continue to grow, the importance of royal parks becomes even greater.

Bushy Park A haven for wildlife - from historic herds of resident deer to ancient woodlands and winding waterways where skylarks nest and ducks dive. The park can trace its origins back to the Tudor period, when it was a favourite deer park of King Henry VIII who lived next door at Hampton Court Palace. Later, the celebrated architect Sir Christopher Wren designed the spectacular Diana Fountain which is the park’s most famous landmark. The Green Park Just a few steps away from Buckingham Palace lies the tranquil Green Park – a little oasis of calm in the hectic heart of the city. King Charles created The Green Park in 1660, so he could walk from Hyde Park to St. James’s Park without leaving royal soil. This is a place to enjoy the play of sunlight through leaves, the sway of wildflower meadows and the song of visiting birds. Follow in the old King’s footsteps and see what this serene space has to offer. 50 AUGUST 2026

Greenwich Park From ancient Romans and AngloSaxons to Tudor monarchs and Victorian sailors, Greenwich Park has welcomed generations of visitors. Spectacular views can be enjoyed alongside the world-famous Royal Observatory, where the Greenwich Prime Meridian begins. This is the line that divides the world into Eastern and Western hemispheres – you can hop from one side of the world to the other. Or book a tennis court or take a boat on the water if you have time.


HOME & PROPERTY

AUGUST 2026 51


LOC AL

Hyde Park An iconic space where suffragettes gave fiery speeches, where the Rolling Stones rocked out by the lake, where the UK’s first Pride march began and where Nelson Mandela took the stage. Hyde Park is packed with things to discover. The Serpentine with waterfront cafés and an abundance of wildlife to spot. Look out for the hardy swimmers at the Lido and pay your respects at the 7 July Memorial - a permanent memorial to the 52 victims of the 7th July 2005 London bombings. St. James’s Park The home of ceremonial events from royal weddings and jubilees to military parades and state celebrations. From soldiers in scarlet tunics marching down The Mall to bright beds of flowers bursting with blooms. Keep an eye out for the famous pelicans around the lake. There’s always something new to discover in this historic landscape – from spring bulbs to autumn colours. Kensington Gardens Originally part of Kensington Palace and still as extraordinary. World-renowned landmarks like the imposing Albert Memorial and the park’s most famous fictional resident – Peter Pan. For younger visitors, The Diana Princess of Wales Memorial Playground awaits, where imaginations soar aboard a sturdy wooden pirate ship. The flower walks offer a tranquil place to sit and admire fine horticulture. The Regent’s Park & Primrose Hill Smell the scent of 8,000 jewel-like roses or discover vibrant floral displays that wrap around historic fountains. The park boasts London’s largest outdoor sports area - from football and rugby to cricket and lacrosse. Over 120 species of bird, 5,000 varieties of tree, areas of wild meadow and precious historic grasslands, Hike up to the top of Primrose Hill to enjoy the famous showstopping views over the city of London. 52 AUGUST 2026

Victoria Tower Gardens Nestled between the sweeping River Thames and the Houses of Parliament, this park is a little pocket of peace. Greeting you at the north entrance is Emmeline Pankhurst’s statue who risked her life to win women the right to vote. This space isn’t all politics, though. The tree-lined walkway along the bank of the Thames offers stunning views and the award-winning Horseferry Playground, where children will delight in the water installation. Brompton Cemetery Over 200,000 people lie in peace - from artists and adventurers to sportspeople and socialites - their lives commemorated with scores of spectacular memorials. Stroll amongst its stately lime trees and spot an abundance of wildlife. Birds, butterflies, bats and beetles all call Brompton Cemetery home. A remarkable London landmark, where history, art, and nature converge in a timeless testament to those who rest here. In an increasingly fast-paced world, these green sanctuaries remain timeless. They invite us to slow down, appreciate nature, and celebrate the enduring value of open spaces. Royal parks are not merely parks - they are living legacies that continue to inspire, educate, and delight generations of visitors. royalparks.org.uk

Richmond Park The park can trace its origins back to 1625, when Charles I brought his court to nearby Richmond Palace to escape the plague sweeping through London. There is nowhere better to experience the great outdoors so close to the capital. Spend the day with the 600-strong herds of red and fallow deer that have roamed the park since 1637. Enjoy a leisurely cycle or head to Pembroke Lodge, boasting elegant tea rooms and picturesque gardens.


LOC AL

Lightroom and Apple TV

PREHISTORIC PLANET: DISCOVERING DINOSAURS Until 1 September 2026

S

tep Into a Dinosaur’s World, like never before…Join Damian Lewis on an unforgettable journey as you explore the extraordinary story of dinosaurs from their dominance 66 million years ago to their lasting legacy today. Travel back to when majestic dinosaurs roamed the lands, seas and skies. Prehistoric Planet: Discovering Dinosaurs at Lightroom is a celebration of our natural world through captivating storytelling, breathtaking visuals and groundbreaking technology, in collaboration with Apple TV+. Evoking a feeling of wonder, you are guided on a once in a lifetime adventure, exploring the fascinating role dinosaurs have played in shaping our world. Lightroom’s state-of-the-art 360 projections allow viewers to see these creatures at an aweinspiring scale and travel alongside them through dangerous deserts, soaring skies and the deep sea. Through this epic journey, viewers step inside some of the most beloved scenes from seasons one and two of Apple TV+’s Emmy Award-nominated series Prehistoric Planet and encounter a vast array of dinosaurs. Guests can marvel at Ammonites and Mosasaurs, as well as Adaltheriums and the mighty Tyrannosaurus rex at the most pivotal moments of their lives. As you take in the majestic visuals, the whole thing is soundtracked by music from the series. As escapist as it is educational, the jaw-dropping

54 AUGUST 2026

“As escapist as it is educational, the jawdropping show also includes never seen before material”

show also includes never seen before material, including exclusive extended CGI scenes and bespoke illustrations, that you won’t want to miss! Prehistoric Planet: Discovering Dinosaurs is suitable for all ages and the perfect day out for families and natural history enthusiasts alike. Tickets are from £25 for adults and £15 for children and students, with an additional 15% discount available to families. Group booking and education rates are also available from £10 a ticket for groups of 10+. Visit lightroom.uk for more details.


TRAVEL FEATURE

TIME AND SPEED: REUNITED BREITLING AND ASTON MARTIN PRESENT Top Time Tribute to the iconic DB5

I

ntroduced in 1963, one of the world’s most iconic on-screen cars, the Aston Martin DB5, became synonymous with British culture, design, and innovation, firmly establishing Aston Martin as one of Britain’s most desirable luxury brands. Today, Aston Martin and Breitling proudly bring that shared legacy to the wrist with the Top Time B01 Chronograph 41 Tribute to Aston Martin DB5 - presented in three distinct limited editions. In the 1960s, the Top Time was Breitling’s unconventional chronograph, created for a new, youthful, speed-driven audience. When a Top Time ref. 2002 appeared on Sean Connery’s wrist in Thunderball (1965), worn alongside the Aston Martin DB5, two icons of the era shared a defining moment in design history. It marked the first Q-modified watch in the James Bond series, and a chapter where speed and style found a common language. That moment is reinterpreted here through material and form. Wood-inlayed details, handcoloured gradient leather straps, and refined dial executions echo the interiors of the Aston Martin DB5. The result is a watch that captures the feel of being behind the wheel of Aston Martin’s classic grand tourer. Every detail of the Top Time Tribute to Aston

56 AUGUST 2026

Martin DB5 brings together two design legacies: the tactile richness of Aston Martin interiors and the modern-retro codes of the Top Time. The cushionshaped case, grooved corners, and mushroom pushers recall the distinctive profile of the 1960s chronograph, while the “squircle” subdials capture the look of classic car dashboard gauges. A wooden inner ring draws on the DB5’s steering wheel, and the hand-coloured gradient leather strap reflects the depth and tone of fine automotive upholstery. Together, these elements create a watch shaped with the same attention to detail. “This chronograph blends form with true function,” says Breitling’s Head of Product Design Pablo Widmer. “As with the Aston Martin DB5, its beauty lies in its lines, materials, and finishings.”

“A wooden inner ring draws on the DB5’s steering wheel, and the hand-coloured gradient leather strap reflects the depth and tone of fine automotive upholstery”


FEATURE

The collection is offered in three editions: Stainless steel with a silver dial, limited to 1,022 pieces, offers a balanced take that’s closest in spirit to the original Top Time ref. 2002. Steel and platinum with a black lacquered dial, limited to 315 pieces, introduces contrast and depth, with the platinum bezel adding weight and presence against the high-gloss black surface. 18k red gold with onyx dial, limited to 250 individually numbered pieces, brings an even more elevated expression. The dial is cut from natural onyx, the first use of the stone by Breitling, revealing a unique depth and lustre. Across all three, the design details translate the Aston Martin DB5’s interior craftsmanship into a contemporary chronograph. Manufacture performance The engine of the watch is the Breitling Manufacture Caliber 01, a COSC-certified chronograph movement designed for precision and reliability. Its column-wheel architecture and vertical clutch ensure smooth, accurate operation, while a 70-hour power reserve supports extended wear. Visible through the open sapphire-crystal caseback, the movement is finished with a dedicated Aston Martin–engraved rotor – rhodium-plated or 18k red gold, depending on 58 AUGUST 2026

the version. Each edition pairs this performance with a design language rooted in one of the most recognisable cars ever made. Marek Reichman, Executive Vice President and Chief Creative Officer at Aston Martin says: “These editions represent something truly distinct from anything we’ve created before. The collaboration with Breitling brought together two brands with a shared appreciation for timeless design, craftsmanship, and innovation, allowing us to exchange ideas in a way that felt both natural and ambitious. Inspired by the enduring elegance of the Aston Martin DB5 and our shared heritage of iconic design, the watch captures a balance of beauty, precision, and performance. Every detail has been carefully considered to reflect the character and authenticity synonymous with both brands. The result is a watch that feels contemporary today, yet timeless for generations to come.” The Top Time Tribute to Aston Martin DB5 revisits a moment when two distinct approaches to design aligned. One shaped in performance and proportion, the other in precision and form. Together, they continue to be markers of style, that stand the test of time. astonmartin.com/en-gb breitling.com/gb-en

“These editions represent something truly distinct from anything we’ve created before”


LOC AL

Chelsea Arts Festival 2026 16 - 20 September 2026

F

ollowing last year’s thrilling launch, Chelsea will come alive as Chelsea Arts Festival returns with four extraordinary days of culture, creativity, and community - spanning iconic venues and the streets of one of London’s most storied neighbourhoods. This vibrant festival unites a diverse mix of artists, performers, and creative visionaries from all disciplines. At Cadogan Hall, expect the unexpected. Booker Prize-winner Bernardine Evaristo hosts an evening with friends including Gugu MbathaRaw, Jacqueline Crooks, Bonnie Garmus and Joelle Taylor, presented by the Women’s Prize. BBC journalist Mishal Husain and comedian Nish Kumar take on London’s Blue Plaques in a special Talk Back event. Susie Cave and Bella Freud discuss creativity, style, motherhood and the art of surviving loss, plus NYJO will perform music from two of the all-time greats, Miles Davis and Nina Simone. Elsewhere on the bill: Shaun Usher brings his beloved Diaries of Note to life on stage with celebrated actors including Denise Gough and Lucas Jones, Rambert marks its centenary with a landmark dance performance, Katherine Rundell brings her books to life in a special family-friendly event for all and A Poem for Every Night of the

60 AUGUST 2026

Year celebrates its 10th anniversary where Sir Derek Jacobi and Tamsin Greig will perform in this joyful celebration. Over at Saatchi Gallery, architect John Pawson CBE sits down for a rare in-conversation event with Deyan Sudjic OBE. 50 years after Punk exploded onto the King’s Road, the festival will celebrate with A Night of T/Reason – a Friday Late at Saatchi Gallery celebrating the music, fashion and cultural rebellion that changed Britain forever. Emma Gannon and Professor Daisy Fancourt explore the transformative power of creativity and the arts, and BookBar curates an evening championing debut authors. Beyond the venues, the festival spills out into the neighbourhood - expect live music, experimental theatre, puppetry, spectacle and interactive performances popping up in streets and squares along the King’s Road and around Sloane Square. With food markets, arts markets and much more to be announced, there will be plenty to discover, with something for all ages to enjoy. Four days. One neighbourhood. Endless discovery. chelseaartsfestival.com #ChelseaArtsFestival #CAF2026 #ArtsFestival

“This vibrant festival unites a diverse mix of artists, performers, and creative visionaries from all disciplines”


LOC AL

Could Your Home Be Hiding Something Special? Every home tells a story…

P

erhaps it’s the painting that has hung in the hallway for years, the jewellery tucked safely away in a drawer, the designer chair bought decades ago, or a collection inherited from a family member. Many of the objects we live with every day hold not only sentimental value but surprising financial value too. For nearly 50 years, Lots Road Auctions has helped clients uncover the potential of their treasured possessions. Originally based in Chelsea and now operating from our landmark 30,000-square-foot saleroom at the iconic Piper Building in Fulham, we hold weekly auctions attracting thousands of bidders, including collectors, interior designers, dealers and private buyers from around the world. Whether you’re moving home, redecorating, managing a loved one’s estate or simply curious about something you own, our friendly specialists combine decades of market knowledge with a genuine passion for uncovering the stories behind every object. We offer honest, expert advice with absolutely no obligation to sell. Every week, remarkable objects from homes across London begin a new chapter through Lots Road Auctions.

62 AUGUST 2026

One of the greatest advantages of selling at auction is the competition it creates. Rather than negotiating with a single buyer, your items are presented to an international audience actively seeking fine art, jewellery, designer furniture, luxury goods, books, contemporary collectables and more. From your complimentary valuation through to photography, cataloguing, research and the final sale, we manage every stage with care and expertise, making the process straightforward and stress-free, whether you have a single item or an entire home. So before the painting disappears into the loft, the jewellery remains forgotten in a drawer or the designer furniture is destined for storage, ask yourself one simple question: Could it be worth more than you think? Whether you’d like to email a few photographs, arrange a home visit or simply pop into our showroom (the coffee is always on!), we’d be delighted to help. Our autumn auctions are now accepting consignments. Book your complimentary valuation today. lotsroad.com valuations@lotsroad.com 020 7376 6800

“We manage every stage with care and expertise, making the process straightforward and stress-free”

Photography: Sudheer Thotli and Tom Baker.


LOC AL

KANISHKA BY ATUL KOCHHAR

Kanishka by Atul Kochhar, the acclaimed fine dining Indian restaurant in the heart of Mayfair, presents a culinary exploration of India’s lesser explored Northeastern regions and the historic spice routes that shaped the subcontinent’s diverse food culture. Kanishka is helmed by twice Michelin starred chef Atul Kochhar alongside Executive Chef Ashok Kumar, and showcases bold regional flavours, seasonal British ingredients and a modern approach to Indian cuisine. Named after Emperor Kanishka, whose ancient empire extended across Central Asia and Northern India, Kanishka reflects this cross-cultural heritage across both its cuisine and design. The menu highlights the distinct flavours of India’s Northeast including Assam, Nagaland and Sikkim, alongside signature dishes that express Kochhar’s individual cooking style.

64 AUGUST 2026

A

tul Kochhar is recognised as one of the pioneers of modern Indian cuisine in the UK. In 2001, he became the first Indian chef to receive a Michelin star, helping to shift perceptions of Indian cooking through an elevated and modern lens. Over the course of his career, he has led some of London’s most respected kitchens and continues to champion regional Indian food with a focus on seasonality and provenance. At Kanishka, the menus evolve with the seasons and are available both à la carte and as a curated tasting menu. The à la carte selection spans delicately spiced seafood, tandoor grills and slow cooked regional curries, with highlights including seared Orkney scallops with coconut and curry leaf, tandoori monkfish, smoked venison samosa, the signature chicken tikka pie and lamb Rogan Josh, each reflecting Atul Kochhar’s balance of British produce and layered Indian spice. The Tasting Menu presents a defined progression of dishes that showcase the restaurant’s regional influences and the experience begins with snacks such as Lamb Truffle Shorba, Kulth Lentil Cornetto and Partridge Kachori, before moving to Jalpari Nilgiri featuring hand dived Orkney scallops with mountain herbs, curry leaf and caviar. Malai Mach pairs Cornish halibut with sea vegetables and malai curry, while Murgh Makhani presents Norfolk chicken malai tikka with fenugreek and tomato. The menu concludes with

Lamb Wellington, Romney Marsh lamb canon wrapped with mushroom and served with rogan jus, bringing together British sourcing and Indian flavour in a single signature dish. Kanishka’s interiors mirror the restaurant’s ethos, combining rich textures and warm tones with subtle references to the Silk Route. A dedicated bar offers cocktails inspired by Indian botanicals and spices, supported by a wine list designed to complement the menu’s bold flavours. Located on Maddox Street in Mayfair, Kanishka offers both main dining and private dining spaces suitable for events, celebrations and business gatherings. Kanishka by Atul Kochhar continues to celebrate the diversity and complexity of Indian cuisine, presenting a considered and regionally focused perspective in one of London’s most established dining areas. kanishkarestaurant.co.uk


LOC AL

Cin Cin, London:

The Bloomsbury Club Launches Its Aperitivo Hour

T

his summer, The Bloomsbury Club Bar invites you to enjoy Italian aperitivo hour in central London. From 5pm to 9pm, Tuesday to Thursday, you can sip cocktails and spritzes, share generous plates, and listen to live music on the terrace. Spritzes and signature cocktails start at £13. For £18, you can try the full Aperitivo experience, which includes a cocktail and a platter of Italian charcuterie, gherkins, focaccia, and pan con tomate. Bar Manager Antonio Paperiello leads the team and was recently named a World Aperitivo Ambassador at the Aperitivo Festival 2026 in Milan. This award, given by the Italian Trade & Investment Agency, celebrates those who promote Italian aperitivo culture in their cities. Antonio brings this expertise and a touch of Milanese spirit to The Bloomsbury Club Bar, making it the perfect place to relax between work and dinner and enjoy the Italian tradition of slowing down. There are three signature aperitivo cocktails to try. The Prima Sera, which means “early evening,” mixes Rinomato Bitter Scuro, Mancino Vermouth Amaranto, Akashi Tai Umeshu, an Italian amaro blend, and pink grapefruit soda. The classic Garibaldi combines Campari and fresh orange juice. The Sottosole, or “under the sun,” blends Tanqueray Gin, Mancino Vermouth Amaranto, lavender bitters, Campari, and lemon foam. You can also choose from a selection of Italian spritzes, perfect for warm evenings. Options include Aperol, Campari, Hugo, Beesou, or Pomelle Spritz. Each is made by a World Aperitivo Ambassador and costs £13. From July, Aperitivo Hour will feature live

66 AUGUST 2026

music, adding to the atmosphere on warm evenings. It’s a great setting for after-work drinks, summer date nights, or a relaxed catch-up with friends. Set beneath The Bloomsbury Hotel, the secluded terrace feels a world away from the bustle of nearby Tottenham Court Road. Trailing greenery and weaving branches frame cushioned banquettes, whilst lanterns, candlelight and hundreds of glimmering fairy lights give the space the atmosphere of a secret garden after dark.

THE DETAILS The terrace is open until 17th August. Reservations are recommended. Book at thebloomsburyclub.com or visit any Tuesday to Thursday from 5pm. The Bloomsbury Club, 16-22 Great Russell St, Bloomsbury, London WC1B 3NN; thebloomsburyclub.com @thebloomsburyclub


OTC is a multi award nominated and award winning brand of premium non alcoholic beverages based on traditional Caribbean flavours. Check out and purchase at www.otcbeverages.com. Instagram: otcbeverages


LOC AL

CLARIDGE’S BAKERY INTRODUCES

‘THE MAYFAIR MEAL DEAL’ T ucked away on Brook’s Mews, Claridge’s Bakery has become one of Mayfair’s most beloved lunchtime rituals, devoted to celebrating the art of British baking, and nourishing the neighbourhood. From the first sourdough loaves out of the oven to classic pastries and savoury treats, the bakery celebrates craft, quality and tradition throughout the day. Internationally acclaimed chef and baker Richard Hart serves as Executive Baker & Creative Director, working alongside Head Baker Frederic Doncel‑Latorre. Together, they craft a menu that celebrates classic British favourites and globally renowned sourdough breads. Now they have introduced a perfectly composed, daily Mayfair Meal Deal - a signature sandwich, drink and sweet treat, all for £15. A perfect afternoon pick-me-up, whether pausing between meetings or picnicking outdoors – delicious sandwich fillings complement freshlybaked bloomers and artisan breads with a nostalgic array of British classic cakes - from Belgian buns, Iced Fingers and Bakewell tarts to the bakery’s signature Jammy Dodger. The opening of Claridge’s Bakery marked Richard Hart’s highly anticipated return to the UK after decades of experience across San Francisco, Copenhagen, and Mexico City, bringing his worldwide expertise to Claridge’s complemented by Frederic Doncel‑Latorre’s exceptional skill and leadership within the bakery.

68 AUGUST 2026

Extending beyond the counter, the Claridge’s Bakery collection brings this same spirit into the home. From elegant homeware to thoughtfully designed baking essentials, each piece is created to be functional, enduring and beautifully made - perfect for everyday use or as a gift, and a celebration of the ritual of good bread. “I am honoured to be the Executive Baker and Creative Director at Claridge’s Bakery. My goal is to celebrate timeless British baked favourites in one of the most notable British institutions. Bread and baked goods are an everyday staple that brings people together and I can’t wait to share my take on it with Londoners and visitors to the capital.” Richard Hart.

THE DETAILS

The Claridge’s Bakery Mayfair Meal Deal is available daily: Monday - Friday 8am - 6pm and Saturday & Sunday 9am - 4pm

Claridge’s, Brook Street, Mayfair, London W1K 4HR For more details, please visit claridges.co.uk


% 10

O

ST R R E FI RD R U EO YO LIN N

O

FF

BRING SICILY HOME DON ARANCINI PRESENTS

STONE-BAKED CALZONI

Authentic flavours, oven baked for a perfect finish.

AUTHENTIC SICILIAN AND ITALIAN SPECIALITIES FOR EFFORTLESS FAMILY DINING, ENTERTAINING AND SPECIAL OCCASIONS. Discover golden artisan arancini, stone-baked calzoni, Gluten-Free Cannoli and Classic Mini Cannoli, and premium Italian favourites – delivered to your door.

GLUTEN FREE CANNOLI AND CLASSIC MINI CANNOLI

The perfect Sicilian treat for every occasion.

FROZEN • CHILLED • AMBIENT ITALIAN SPECIALITIES UK-WIDE 24H NEXT-DAY DELIVERY FROM DISPATCH

10% OFF

Orders are dispatched Monday to Thursday.

USE CODE: LIFE10

YOUR FIRST ONLINE ORDER

SCAN TO SHOP

ONLINE ORDERS • PRIVATE CATERING • FOOD TRUCK HIRE

WWW.ITALIANMARKETONLINE.CO.UK


LOC AL

F R O M M A N H AT TA N T O M AY FA I R

Dante Mayfair opens permanently at Claridge’s D ue to popular demand and critical acclaim, New York institution Dante - which has been in residence at Claridge’s since last year - has now opened a permanent restaurant and bar at the hotel. Dante Mayfair, operated by legendary husbandand-wife restaurateurs Linden Pride and Nathalie Hudson, brings the vibrant spirit of downtown Manhattan to the heart of Mayfair, serving its award-winning, signature cocktails and beloved New York Italian-inspired menu. Founded over a century ago as a neighbourhood Italian café in Greenwich Village, Dante embodies the very essence of New York dining with impeccable cocktails and old school hospitality. At the centre of the Dante Mayfair menu lie classic, time-honoured American favourites from the must order Shrimp Cocktail and Iceberg Wedge Salad to a New York Kale Caesar, Dante’s Smash Burger and the Chicken alla Diavola with green goddess dressing. Theatrical tableside dishes include Lobster Linguine served alongside grilled half lobster and a Rib Eye on the bone with homemade accompaniments. The dessert menu includes their signature

70 AUGUST 2026

tiramisu, soft serve with s’mores and a delicious sticky toffee donut with whisky flambé. A special desert cocktail menu completes the meal. Cocktails take pride of place in Dante Mayfair, having been past award winners in the World’s 50 Best Bars Awards. Signature drinks include The Garibaldi with Campari and their famous ‘fluffy’ orange juice, the Dante Negroni, a Fluffy Margarita Royale made with pineapple, the classic Dante Martini, and even a Caviar Martini, created using Calvisius Caviar produced in Northern Italy. Music plays an essential role in Dante Mayfair, with live piano music and singers every afternoon and a soulful blues soundtrack from Muddy Waters and The Beatles to the Rolling Stones in the evening. Discreetly tucked away from the hustle and bustle of the city, a secluded terrace offers the perfect environment for al fresco drinks and light bites for the summer season. Dante Mayfair also offers an art filled private dining room seating up to 14 guests, ideal for celebrations with friends and family.

THE DETAILS Dante Mayfair is open 7 days a week from breakfast through to dinner. To make a reservation, visit maybourne.com/en/hotels/claridges Claridge’s, Brook Street, Mayfair, London W1K 4HR


Stunning golden pyrite sculpture from Peru

Majestic amethyst “harp” with phantom clacites from Uruguay

Exceptional green fluorite from China

Carol Tresor – Natural Treasures Driven by the desire to discover the most exquisite mineral formations in the world and bringing these beautiful natural sculptures into people’s surroundings, Carol Tresor presents a high-quality selection of crystals – especially Amethyst. These incredible natural wonders formed over 140 million years and are unique in their mineralogical value, as well as their sculptural quality. All the pieces are legal, ethically sourced and are exported directly from prestigious mines around the world, where Carol Tresor regularly visits. Visit caroltresor.com or follow Instagram @caroltresor to explore these stunning crystals


LOC AL

Experience the theatre of Hell’s Kitchen at the Chef’s Table

F

or those seeking more than just dinner, the Chef ’s Table at Gordon Ramsay Hell’s Kitchen at The Cumberland offers a truly immersive culinary experience, with the best front-row views of the kitchen and a unique opportunity to step inside the world of one of the most celebrated restaurant brands. Positioned right at the pass, guests take a front-row seat to the heart of the action, surrounded by the raw energy, precision, and passion that define the Hell’s Kitchen experience. From the moment service begins, guests can enjoy a front-row seat to our expert chefs at work, watching as iconic Hell’s Kitchen dishes are expertly prepared, plated and presented. Every movement, every detail and every interaction contributes to an atmosphere that is both exhilarating and unforgettable. This interactive dining experience features a expertly crafted six-course tasting menu, prepared and presented by the chefs themselves Showcasing exceptional skill, creativity and flavour, each course highlights the techniques and ingredients that have made Hell’s Kitchen famous around the world. As dishes are introduced throughout the evening, guests gain

72 AUGUST 2026

a deeper appreciation of the craftsmanship, innovation and attention to detail behind every plate. More than a meal, the Chef ’s Table offers a rare opportunity to engage directly with the chef brigade. Guests can learn about the inspiration behind the menu, discover the stories behind signature dishes and experience the excitement of a world-class kitchen from an entirely new perspective. For those looking to host a more private occasion, exclusive use of the 36-seat Chef ’s Table is available when reserved in full, making it an ideal setting for milestone celebrations, corporate entertaining, or special gatherings with family and friends. Whether marking a special occasion, entertaining valued clients or simply enjoying an extraordinary evening out, the Chef ’s Table at Gordon Ramsay Hell’s Kitchen London delivers an exceptional combination of world-class cuisine, personal interaction and unforgettable culinary theatre, creating memories that will last long after the final course has been served. Gordon Ramsay Hell’s Kitchen at The Cumberland Hotel is now open, head to hells-kitchen.thecumberland.com

“This interactive dining experience features a meticulously crafted six-course tasting menu”


LOC AL

THE BARNET FOOD FESTIVAL : A Delicious Family Day Out

F

amilies are invited to enjoy a memorable day out as the Barnet Food Festival returns to the Royal Air Force Museum London on 12–13 September 2026. Combining delicious food, live entertainment and a packed programme of family-friendly activities, the festival offers an affordable and enjoyable way to celebrate the end of summer. One of the biggest attractions for families will be the festival’s FREE Kids Zone, where children can enjoy hours of entertainment. Free activities will include face painting, biscuit decorating, circus games, an inflatable obstacle course and interactive circus skills workshops, ensuring there is plenty to keep younger visitors engaged and entertained. Parents can discover a diverse selection of food and drink from more than 40 traders. From wood-fired pizzas, sizzling kebabs and flavourpacked curries to Caribbean-inspired dishes, international street food and freshly prepared barbecue favourites, there will be something to suit every taste. Those with a sweet tooth can enjoy treats including waffles, ice cream, chocolate-covered fruit and traditional chimney cakes, while adults can relax with artisan coffee, speciality drinks and refreshments. The variety of cuisines on offer means visitors can sample flavours from around the world without leaving North London.

74 AUGUST 2026

Throughout the weekend, live performances on the Spitfire Stage will create a vibrant atmosphere, providing the perfect backdrop for families to spend quality time together. Adult tickets cost just £10, while children 16 and under can attend free of charge. Every ticket includes access to the RAF Museum’s galleries and historic aircraft collection, allowing visitors to combine a fun festival experience with the opportunity to explore more than a century of aviation history. With great food, live music, family entertainment and one of London’s most popular museums included in the ticket price, Barnet Food Festival promises a weekend packed with discovery, fun and unforgettable memories.

THE DETAILS For tickets and further information, visit: rafmuseum.org.uk/BFF The Royal Air Force Museum London Grahame Park Way Colindale London, NW9 5LL E: london@rafmuseum.org T: 020 8205 2266 Insta: @barnetfoodfestival Facebook: @barnetfoodfestival


LOC AL

Zog Returns To Cadogan Hall With

A Royal Afternoon Tea Until 23 August 2026

ham, served alongside indulgent milkshakes, a royal cupcake, hot chocolate and throughout Kids Week, that signature ‘Zog’ themed macaroon. Perfect for pre-or post-show dining, the experience combines world-class theatre with a memorable London treat. Overlooking the Royal Mews of Buckingham Palace, The Rubens’ Royal Afternoon Tea blends traditional British charm with a warm, family-friendly welcome. Families staying at The Rubens will also enjoy a VIP check-in experience for younger guests, alongside a range of tailored activities including complimentary biscuit and cupcake decorating, milkshake masterclasses, and a family bug-hunting excursion. Zog is adapted from the book by Julia Donaldson, the multi award-winning author of some of the world’s best-loved children’s stories including The Gruffalo. Zog quickly became a family favourite, going on to sell over 4.8 million copies worldwide. For more details and to book tickets, visit ZogOnStage.com

F

reckle Productions, one of the leading producers of theatre for children and their families in the UK, is delighted to introduce their partnership with The Rubens at the Palace, celebrating the return of Zog to Cadogan Hall in August 2026. Zog arrives in London for the summer holidays as part of Kids Week 2026 - the Society of London Theatre’s initiative that allows children to attend participating shows for free when accompanied by a full-paying adult. Families are invited to extend their theatre visit with 15% off a traditional Royal Afternoon Tea experience at the five-star The Rubens at the Palace, winner of the 2026 Junior Travel Awards, located in Victoria just 15 minutes from Cadogan Hall. This offering is available throughout the full show run and will include a limited edition Zoginspired macaroon. Younger guests can enjoy the ‘Little Prince & Princess Afternoon Tea’ menu, complete with a mini crown to wear at the table. Playful twists on British favourites include finger sandwiches filled with Nutella, jam, peanut butter, or cheese and

76 AUGUST 2026

THE DETAILS Cadogan Hall, 5 Sloane Terrace, London, SW1X 9DQ cadoganhall.com The Rubens at the Palace, 39 Buckingham Palace Road, London, SW1W 0PS rubenshotel.com


LOC AL

Treat your tastebuds at the

Hampton Court Palace Food Festival 29 - 31 August 2026

T

reat yourself to the perfect family day out at Hampton Court Palace Food Festival 2026, as artisanal food and drink producers flock to the grounds of Henry VIII’s former home with everything from posh pastries to scrumptious street food, irresistible alcohol offerings and so much more. Back at the palace for its 12th anniversary, the hugely popular Hampton Court Palace Food Festival, taking place this August Bank Holiday, is once again the crowning event of the summer season. The event brings together over 150 artisan and boutique food and drink businesses, serving up an unmatchable treat for the tastebuds, becoming home to a host of delicious food at visitors’ fingertips. That’s not to mention mouthwatering street food from around the world, pop up bars, lawn games and lively bandstand music, and a wide range of family entertainment all set in the lovely lawns of Henry VIII’s magnificent Tudor residence. Visitors can step into a foodie paradise

78 AUGUST 2026

“The event brings together over 150 artisan and boutique food and drink businesses, serving up an unmatchable treat for the tastebuds”


LOC AL

featuring high-quality ingredients from honeys and oils to spice & sauce seasoning and BBQ rubs, scrumptious street food from Peru, Korea, India, Turkey, Scandinavia and more. The festival boasts stunning artisan ice creams, moreish fudge, chunky flapjack and macarons for those with a sweet tooth. Delicious drink brands will be onsite, serving wines, beers, cider and spirits made with local ingredients, timeless processes and look out for unique flavour pairings - it’s the perfect accompaniment to a hot summers’ day. Beside an array of food and drink producers, visitors can feast on over 20 incredible street food brands; from fresh dough pizza to handmade dumplings and gyoza, crispy buffalo chicken and vegetable curries to tender smoked meats and vegan duck wraps, there is truly something for every palette. Visitors can wash their delectable street food down with an array of pop-up bars too. Sit back, relax and enjoy the stunning East Gardens with a delicious drink in hand - catering to all tastes, flavours and audiences. What will be your summer tipple? New for 2026 will be the Regina Kitchen; expect live cooking demonstrations from talented chefs, sharing ideas and inspiration with you, throughout the weekend. Hosted by Marcus Bean, he will be joined by a host of marvellous chefs and experts! Adults and children alike can enjoy wooden fete games on the lawn with fun activities like face painting and arts and crafts for the little ones too, across the weekend. Listen to toe-tapping tunes at the Bandstand from the live music performers or fuel your family’s competitive spirit with vintage

80 AUGUST 2026

garden games. For 2026, there will be new character meet & greet sessions for young visitors, as well as a ‘Get Messy’ craft area where kids can get creative with crafting activities, or dance to lively tunes in silent disco across the weekend. Little ones can enjoy face painting, transforming into their favourite characters or adorable animals. Listen to toetapping tunes at the Bandstand from the live music performers. Once visitors head inside, a masterpiece at every turn awaits. From exploring Henry VIII’s atmospheric Kitchens, to the dazzling art-filled State Apartments, and the Great Hall itself, with its impressive hammerbeam roof, visitors will be able to truly immerse themselves in 500 years’ worth of history. Then, after exploring the palace, visitors can take in the rest of Hampton Court’s magnificent grounds, including the legendary Great Vine and the fun-filled Magic Garden.

A FESTIVAL FIT FOR A KING! Hampton Court Palace General Admission tickets include free entry to the Food Festival, while Historic Royal Palaces members can also enjoy free entry. Visitors can treat themselves to a VIP upgrade, with the package including access to the VIP tent with a tea and coffee bar, an exclusive shopping bag, complimentary breakfast pastries, and a free bar serving beer, wine, and prosecco from 12pm to 5pm. What better place to spend your bank holiday weekend with the whole family?

THE DETAILS 29 - 31 August 2026 10am – 6pm For more information and to book tickets, visit hrpfestivals.com HRP Members go free pre-reg in advance Booking now open. Hampton Court Palace, Molesey, East Molesey KT8 9AU


L U X U RY

HOME & PROPERTY

POOL & LEI S U RE

Luxury Pool and Leisure Ltd supply the finest pool tables that grace any surroundings. Our tables are bespoke built to match your décor and designed to look original, contemporary and traditional at the same time! Some of our tables come with a dining top. We can supply tables for American pool as well as English pool. We also supply Snooker tables, Air Hockey, Football, Roulette, Poker and Blackjack tables. Please contact us. We can add a touch of class to your wonderful home or office environment.

AUGUST 2026 81 Telephone 02476 639127 | www.luxurypoolandleisure.com | Instagram: @luxurypoolandleisure


LOC AL

T

LITTLE MERMAID SWIMS INTO GREENWICH

his summer Greenwich Theatre heads beneath the waves with their latest family treat - The Little Mermaid: Song of the Sea. Adapted by Panto favourite Anthony Spargo, winner of Best Panto Script at the UK Panto Awards, this is a magical, musical retelling of Hans Christian Andersen’s much loved tale. Precocious mermaid Pearl adores swimming up to the surface to watch the landfolk going about their daily lives, despite the warnings of her father and her best friend Crabbie, but her curiosity changes to something all the more enchanting when she spots Captain Trevelyan. On a quest of his own, Trevelyan’s life is set to change when he hears Pearl’s beautiful voice drifting across the surface of the water, and soon their lives are set to intertwine - but only after Pearl strikes a terrible deal with the Sea Witch. Filled with the music of sea shanties, this new production is directed by Greenwich Theatre’s artistic director James Haddrell and designed by Jana Lakatos, with musical direction from James Aldred. Then Haddrell and Spargo are set to reunite later in the year for the theatre’s multi-award winning pantomime, Jack and the Beanstalk. Now

“On a quest of his own, Trevelyan’s life is set to change when he hears Pearl’s beautiful voice drifting across the surface of the water, and soon their lives are set to intertwine - but only after Pearl strikes a terrible deal with the Sea Witch”

hailed as one of the country’s finest traditional pantomimes, the show sees the return of Sam Bailey - who last appeared in Greenwich as Peter Pan - alongside a cast of West End musical theatre regulars. The pantomime in Greenwich has built a fiercely loyal following, with tickets selling out earlier every year. “It has been wonderful to see audiences build year on year” said Haddrell. “For both pantomime and our now annual summer show, it’s a pleasure to welcome audiences back and to introduce new visitors to our work each year. For this year, our summer show is a real celebration of storytelling, and it has all of the magic and enchantment of the original fairytale. For pantomime, audiences can expect a surprising panto-land makeover - but rest assured, all of the ingredients of the much loved Greenwich Panto will be there!” greenwichtheatre.org.uk 82 AUGUST 2026


LOC AL

London Transport Museum unveils ambitious transformation ahead of 50th anniversary

L

ondon Transport Museum has announced ambitious plans to transform its iconic Covent Garden home ahead of its 50th anniversary in 2030, creating a reimagined cultural destination in the heart of the capital. The once-in-a-generation redevelopment will modernise the Museum’s Grade II listed building while preserving its historic character. Plans include a striking new entrance opening directly onto Covent Garden Piazza, alongside an additional 500 square metres of gallery and learning space designed to enhance the visitor experience. The Museum will remain open throughout the transformation, with work carefully managed to minimise disruption. The announcement follows a record-breaking year, with almost 450,000 visitors passing through the Museum in 2025 - its highest annual attendance since opening in Covent Garden in 1980. New initiatives, including Transported by Culture, have attracted wider audiences through music, theatre, art and design events, while more than 1.7 million people visited the site overall last year. Alongside the physical redevelopment, sustainability is a major focus. The project will

84 AUGUST 2026

introduce low-carbon heating and a series of environmental improvements that aim to reduce the Museum’s operational emissions by 90%, helping secure the future of the historic building. Visitors can also expect upgraded facilities, expanded exhibitions and enhanced learning experiences that celebrate London’s transport heritage while exploring the future of design, engineering and sustainable cities. The Museum hopes the transformation will increase annual visitor numbers by more than 20%, bringing even more activity and creativity to Covent Garden. Housed within the former Victorian flower market, London Transport Museum has been telling the story of London’s transport network for almost five decades. From the world’s first Underground railway and the capital’s famous red buses to modern innovations like the Elizabeth line, it continues to showcase how transport has shaped the city. As work begins towards its landmark anniversary, the transformation promises to create a more accessible, sustainable and engaging destination, ensuring London Transport Museum remains one of the capital’s must-visit cultural attractions for years to come. ltmuseum.co.uk

“The announcement follows a recordbreaking year, with almost 450,000 visitors passing through the Museum in 2025”


LOC AL

TRINITY HOUSE

The Trinity House Wedding Showcase Open Day is on Saturday 19th September from 10am - 4pm…entry is free but please register interest at trinityeventspr@trinityhouse.co.uk or go to EventBrite

T THE DETAILS Email: venue.enquiries@trinityhouse.co.uk Website: trinityhouse.co.uk/weddings-attrinity-house-london Instagram: @trinityhouseevents LinkedIn: @trinityhouseevents Telephone: 020 74816900

86 AUGUST 2026

he professional events team at Trinity House on Tower Hill have been orchestrating memorable civil ceremonies at this Georgian gem for over 30 years. Offering sensational views of the historic Tower of London, the venue is also the home of the General Lighthouse Authority and full of fascinating maritime treasures and artefacts, including the brass bell from the Royal Yacht Britannia. There are five splendid rooms providing height, light, space, and flexible formats for a total capacity of 200 standing. High ceilings with a stunning trompe l’oeil painting distinguishes the Court Room, an ideal option for a post ceremony reception for up to 130 or a seated ceremony for 80.The Library is the main room and comprises opulent crystal chandeliers, heritage stained-glass panels, a display cabinet of important silver and a minstrels’ gallery. This room allows for civil ceremonies of up to 130 seated (200 standing) and two smaller connecting rooms provide added flexibility, i.e. space for a separate dancefloor. The venue has evidently got a great track record and there are numerous testimonials like this on their website: “Our wedding ceremony at Trinity House in December was nothing short of magic. The iconic

setting, flawless planning, and incredible staff made the day feel effortless from start to finish. Every detail was handled with care, letting us be fully in the moment. The setting was both grand and deeply personal, striking the ideal balance between tradition and modernity. The staff ’s attentiveness and professionalism elevated the experience, making the day feel effortless and truly special. It was everything we had envisioned—and so much more”… Lemon and Tom There is a three-hour dry-hire only wedding ceremony offer in The Library and/ or Court Rooms for £2,500 on weekdays (£3,000 weekends) between 9am – 5pm, not including VAT. Corkage will not be charged if bridal parties wish to bring their own beverages and it includes two waiters plus glassware for no extra charge. An irresistible offering for a quintessentially English wedding! Trinity House is always available on an exclusive-use basis to ensure total privacy.


Statement Staircases and Stand Alone Furniture. Designed and realised by Sebastian Blakeley Design. Unique concepts, unparalleled craftsmanship, family heirlooms.

www.sebastianblakeley.com Unit 6, Old Rake Quarry, Loddiswell, Devon. TQ7 4DB (UK) +44 01548 859875 | +44 07473 118407 contact@sebastianblakeley.com


LOC AL FEATURE

DEFENDER BURGHLEY HORSE TRIALS 2026

T

3-6 September 2026. The equestrian event of the year!

he summer sporting and social season is upon us, which can only mean that just over the horizon is the colourful, competitive and captivating event that is the Defender Burghley Horse Trials. Experience four days of exhilaration, including Dressage, Cross Country and Showjumping, set against the stunning backdrop of Burghley House – one of Britain’s most beautiful and historic venues. Experience the intensity and elegance of the CCI5*-L, where world-class athletes take on one of the event’s most demanding long-format challenges! Each year Burghley’s organisers explore new ways to enhance the event for visitors to this autumn equestrian spectacular, with a growing suite of hospitality and exclusive experiences. The main hub of the Burghley Horse Trials’ site has had an upgrade and fresh look this year with a new Shopping Avenue to improve the fabulous retail

88 AUGUST 2026

“Experience four days of exhilaration, including Dressage, Cross Country and Showjumping”


FEATURE

experience for which the event is so renowned. Also for 2026, the event is delighted to offer brand-new reserved course-side parking at the Anniversary Splash - one of the most iconic parts of Burghley’s legendary cross-country course. This exceptionally beautiful spot in Burghley’s Capability Brown-designed parkland has spectacular views of Burghley House and some of the most exciting fences on the cross-country course, so parking spaces will be strictly limited. Reserved picnic parking at the nearby Lion Bridge is already very popular and always sells out. These new course side spaces have been created after the introduction of similar ones on two other spots on the course last year proved incredibly sought-after. Don’t delay if you would like to secure a prime course-side picnic spot with a sideserving of premium cross-country action. Following an instant success in 2025, the Lakeside Chalets, is back for 2026. If you would like a private, premium place to entertain friends, family or guests during Agria Burghley, these elegant tents, complete with garden furniture and outdoor as well as indoor space, are perfect. They offer stunning views of Burghley’s parkland and lake and very close to the Main Arena. The Chalets have already sold out for Saturday, but there are a small number still available for Thursday, 3 September, Friday, 4 September and Sunday, 6 September. It’s always fascinating to get a little “behind the scenes” access to a major event such as Burghley Horse Trials and booking one of their official cross-country course-walks, is a great way to gain insight into the intricacies of designer Derek di Grazia’s legendary track. Led by experts, these take place in small groups on Thursday, 3 September and Friday, 90 AUGUST 2026

THE DETAILS For more information, including full timetables and to buy tickets and hospitality packages, visit burghley-horse.co.uk Burghley Horse Trials, Burghley House, Stamford, Lincolnshire PE9 3JY

4 September, Both “long” (2.5 hours) and “short” (1.5 hours) options are available - and are an unbeatable way to discover more about this beautiful and challenging course before it is jumped on the Saturday. And if you’d like to combine exclusive crosscountry insight with a glamorous start to your Burghley experience, we recommend Wednesday afternoon’s “Tea & the Trot-Up” on 2 September. This comprises a special Champagne afternoon tea, with a talk and Q&A with Burghley’s former long-serving course-designer and winning rider, Captain Mark Phillips - followed by a view of the first horse inspection from the Main Arena (not accessible by the public) and a tour of key crosscountry fences with Mark Phillips. Celebrate the highlight of the autumn social calendar, at Defender Burghley, with world-class sport, outstanding shopping and hospitality – all the ingredients for the perfect day out!


LOC AL

FIND YOUR FEEL GOOD AT THE BIG RETREAT FESTIVAL

T

he Big Retreat Festival is redefining what a festival weekend can be, bringing together wellbeing, live music, food, fitness, creativity and outdoor adventure in two beautiful UK locations. The original, family-friendly festival returns to Lawrenny, Pembrokeshire, from 28–31 May 2027. Set within the Pembrokeshire Coast National Park and overlooking the Cleddau Estuary, it offers four uplifting days designed to help visitors reconnect with the people and activities that make them feel good. Before then, The Big Retreat makes its Cambridgeshire debut at the Abbots Ripton Estate from 11–13 September 2026. Created exclusively for adults, the new event offers a late-summer escape where guests can switch off from everyday life, try something new and enjoy a proper night out too. Across the weekend, Cambridgeshire visitors can choose from more than 300 experiences spanning movement, wild swimming, inspiring talks, creative workshops, cookery, breathwork, fitness, music and deep relaxation. Headline names include comedian, author and mental health advocate Ruby Wax; television presenter and author Gail Porter; fitness legend Mr Motivator; bestselling author Anna Mathur; NHS surgeon and nutrition expert Dr Joshua Wolrich; and Professor Joyce Harper of University College London.

92 AUGUST 2026

Kwoklyn Wan will host the Chef ’s Kitchen, while Hang Massive, ABBA Revival, Don’t Stop Queen Now, Youngr and DJ Mother Pukka are among the names bringing the festival to life after dark. The Big Retreat is neither a traditional retreat nor a traditional music festival. There is no prescribed programme and no pressure to be super-fit, flexible or already immersed in the wellbeing world. Guests can fill every hour or slow the pace completely—perhaps beginning with a lake swim, joining an uplifting talk, discovering a new creative hobby and ending the day dancing beneath the evening sky. Whether attending with friends, as a couple, with family in Pembrokeshire or independently through its thriving Solo Travellers community, the message is refreshingly simple: feeling good looks different for everyone.

THE DETAILS Contact: hello@thebigretreatfestival.com Web: thebigretreatfestival.com bigretreatcambridgeshire.com Instagram: @thebigretreatfestival

Images: Dan Jones


LOC AL

GREENWICH+DOCKLANDS INTERNATIONAL FESTIVAL

G

Announces 2026 programme. 21 August – 6 September

reenwich+Docklands International Festival (GDIF) London’s leading and longest established FREE festival of outdoor performing arts returns. New work including 3 world premieres, 5 UK premieres and 10 London premieres. Building on the success of GDIF’s 30th anniversary in 2025, the award-winning annual festival will be presenting work by over 25 companies from London, the UK and across the world in a free programme of outdoor theatre, circus, dance and art installations inspired by the theme ‘WE MOVE’. Highlights of Greenwich+Docklands International Festival 2026 include: • 360 – from a towering circular stage in Woolwich town centre, a ravey new large-scale dance ritual by trailblazing French choreographer Mehdi Kerkouche opens GDIF 2026 on 21 August. • Efectos Especiales - immersive theatre from Argentina. Cinema and live outdoor performance collide at Greenwich Peninsula, taking audiences behind-the-scenes of an action film set (29-30 August).

94 AUGUST 2026

• Nature Speaks – a cutting-edge double bill of open-air audio-visual installations that gives voice to nature itself in an extraordinary hidden landscape in Thamesmead. • Meet Me By The Fountain - a spectacular bank holiday son-et-lumiere reawakening Romford’s lost Liberty fountain with epic storytelling, video projection and sound, staged in one of the UK’’s largest and oldest market squares. Other highlights commissioned for GDIF 2026 include London premieres of The Aunties: The House of Masks by Oluwatosin Omotosho, Man Down, created by Deaf choreographer Chris Fonseca and The Torch, an Afro-beat gig-theatre experience by Kobby Taylor. GDIF’s two, much-loved ‘festivals within the festival’ return. Greenwich Fair takes over Greenwich Park with a weekend of family-friendly theatrical fun while Dancing City returns to Stratford, East Bank and the Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park for a day of alfresco dance. Every GDIF performance is free to attend. For more information about GDIF 2026 programme, please visit: festival.org/gdif-2026 #GDIF2026 @GDIFestival


FEATURE

AGRIA BLENHEIM PALACE INTERNATIONAL HORSE TRIALS 17 – 20 September 2026

G

et ready for an unforgettable experience this year at Blenheim Palace! Set against the backdrop of the UNESCO World Heritage Site, this year’s event promises an unforgettable weekend of worldclass sport, lifestyle shopping, countryside entertainment and family-friendly activities, amidst elite international competition. Spectators can expect top-level competition in the CCI4*-L across all three eventing disciplines: dressage, two days of cross country and showjumping. The highly acclaimed GFS Saddles CCI4*-S 8 & 9 Year-Old class will also return, giving spectators the opportunity to see the equine stars of the future in action. Over the years, notable alumni have graced the hallowed 8 & 9 Year Old Blenheim turf, including multiple four and five-star superstars Lordships Graffalo, Ballaghmor Class, London 52 and Cooley Rosalent.

96 AUGUST 2026

The Horse Trials will continue to celebrate every level of the sport, from emerging talent to established champions, as the hugely popular evoke™ Eventer Challenge returns, welcoming grassroots teams from Riding and Pony Clubs across the UK compete for top honours. The event will also feature dressage and showing classes for RoR competitors, as well as team showjumping for Pony Clubs on Sunday, hosted by the Heythrop Pony Club and a first for the Horse Trials, the Attelage de Tradition carriage competition, specifically designed for the event. The industry celebrations will kick off in style on the Thursday evening, with the inaugural Blenheim Eventing Honours. Faces from across the industry will be recognised for their commitment and skill, with awards such as the Grooms Award, Rising Star and Director’s Award leading the charge. Throughout the weekend, there will be plenty to entertain families in addition to the equine


action, such as Mini Landers, the Sheep Show and the Shetland Pony Grand National. Social media sensation Meg Elphick will be attending for all four days of the Horse Trials, with an opportunity for fans to say hello during an exclusive Meet and Greet taking place on Saturday and Sunday. Families can enjoy an exciting new ticket offer this year, providing access to the legendary Adventure Play at Blenheim Palace. Designed as a world of exploration, creativity and adventure, Adventure Play encourages children to climb, crawl and discover their way through tunnels, bridges, cargo nets, hidden chambers and a dedicated toddler area for younger adventurers. New for 2026, The Friday Fashion Forecast, created and presented by Femme Country Magazine will be an exciting addition to proceedings, bringing together leading voices from the worlds of fashion, equestrian sport and rural lifestyle for a day of style, storytelling and inspiration. Visitors can also explore the ever-popular

Shopping Village, this year curated by Cotswold Collective, featuring premium brands, artisan makers and equestrian specialists offering everything from country clothing and jewellery to homeware, artisan food and equestrian essentials. For those looking to embrace the Agria Blenheim Palace International Horse Trials style early, exclusive merchandise in collaboration with Rydale will be available soon. Visitors looking to elevate their experience can enjoy a range of premium hospitality options, including VIP packages and the exclusive Hospitality Lodge, offering exceptional views of the action in refined surroundings. The event is also proud to continue supporting Riding for the Disabled Association (RDA) as its Official Charity Partner for 2026. Tickets for the 2026 Agria Blenheim Palace International Horse Trials are on sale now. For ticket offers, hospitality and the latest event updates, please visit Agria Blenheim Palace International Horse Trials bpiht.co.uk

ABOUT BLENHEIM PALACE Blenheim Palace is the home of the 12th Duke and Duchess of Marlborough and the birthplace of Sir Winston Churchill. This National Treasure houses some of the finest antique collections in Europe and boasts over 300 years of history, just waiting to be discovered. The Palace is a World Heritage Site set in more than 2,000 acres of ‘Capability’ Brown landscaped parkland. Visitors may tour the array of formal gardens or take the miniature train to the Walled Garden. The estate is not only an iconic part of history, but also a living experience with a wealth of events, themed tours and exhibitions throughout the year. blenheimpalace.com

AUGUST 2026 97


LOC AL

WHY JUDGEMENT REMAINS THE MOST VALUABLE ASSET IN MODERN MARKETS

I

n every generation, markets present new opportunities, new technologies and new challenges. Today is no different. Information moves instantly, opinions travel globally within seconds and investment decisions are increasingly influenced by the pace of news rather than the quality of analysis. Yet whilst markets evolve, one principle remains remarkably consistent: lasting success is rarely achieved by reacting first. More often, it is achieved through disciplined judgement, thoughtful preparation and the patience to distinguish enduring value from short-term noise. For investors, this means looking beyond headlines and asking better questions. How resilient is the underlying business? Does management demonstrate integrity and competence? Is governance embedded within the organisation? Are commercial interests aligned for the long term? These considerations may not generate daily headlines, but they frequently determine long-term outcomes. The same principles apply to businesses seeking capital. Investment should never be viewed solely as a financial transaction. At its best, it represents the beginning of a professional relationship founded upon trust, transparency and shared ambition. Strong governance, clear communication and disciplined execution remain as important as the capital itself. In an increasingly complex environment,

98 AUGUST 2026

professional standards have become a genuine competitive advantage. Organisations that prioritise integrity, accountability and responsible stewardship are often better positioned to navigate changing market conditions than those focused solely on immediate opportunity. At Oakmount & Partners, these principles have shaped our approach since the firm’s establishment. We believe that successful capital formation begins with careful assessment, informed decision-making and relationships built to endure. Whether working with sophisticated investors, family offices or growth-focused businesses, our objective remains the same: to support long-term outcomes through disciplined thinking, professional conduct and responsible engagement. Markets will continue to change. Regulation will evolve. New industries will emerge and technologies will reshape the investment landscape. However, integrity, judgement and stewardship remain timeless qualities. They cannot be automated, replicated overnight or replaced by market sentiment. They are earned through experience, demonstrated through consistency and ultimately become the foundations upon which enduring institutions are built.

THE DETAILS Oakmount & Partners Ltd. Est 2009. Tel: 0203 455 2700 E: wealth@oakmountpartners.co.uk Web: oakmountpartners.com


LOC AL

A Barbican Immersive Exhibition

IN OTHER WORLDS: BY LIAM YOUNG Until 6 September 2026

W

hat if the future isn’t something that happens to us, but something that we can collectively imagine? This summer, Barbican Immersive presents In Other Worlds, the first major UK solo exhibition experience created with BAFTA-nominated Director, Artist, and speculative Architect Liam Young. Spanning three locations within the Barbican Centre, the exhibition transforms the Silk Street Entrance, The Curve Gallery and Car Park 5 into a sequence of cinematic future provocations, where world-building, fiction, design and climate science collide. Created in collaboration with leading voices from film, television, literature and science, In Other Worlds unfolds through an array of bold and wondrous films presented on LED walls and as huge scale projections, as well as audio stories, set design, costumes, movie miniatures, graphic narratives and speculative artefacts. Voice over and writing talent include: Maxine Peake (I Swear, Shameless); Dame Dr Maggie Aderin (host of BBC’s Sky at Night) ; BAFTAwinning Richard Ayoade and Adam Young (The Lord of the Rings: The Rings of Power) This exhibition invites visitors to step into the imagined worlds of Young and his collaborators, exploring the possibilities and challenges of what the future could hold. As visitors journey through 100 AUGUST 2026

Film still from After the End (2024) by Liam Young. Image courtesy of the artist

Image above by Thomas Adank

THE DETAILS Suitable for ages 5+ Under 14s should be accompanied by an adult. barbican.org.uk Barbican Centre, Silk Street, London, EC2Y 8DS

the exhibition, fragments of graphic novels are displayed to further transport visitors into each world unfolding around them. These depict hidden stories, tools, relics, figures and fragments of lives that might be lived. Young’s practice operates in the spaces between design, fiction and futures, creating speculative worlds and visionary films which act as rehearsals for the world to come, capable of holding both our wildest aspirations and our most unsettling truths, where fiction becomes a tool for navigating the environmental urgencies we collectively face today. In Other Worlds poses a question to visitors: what stories are we leaving behind and what new stories do we dare to imagine if we have no time left to wait? In this timely exhibition, visitors are invited to immerse themselves in a series of imagined futures for our planet, rooted in real technology and climate-based possibilities. The exhibition is a key highlight of the Barbican’s Summer season.


Visit Rollerhire.uk to book your next adventure.


LOC AL

SALON PRIVÉ:

A Luxury Garden Party Like No Other Returns to Blenheim Palace

“A

highlight of the British social calendar, Salon Privé brings together world-class cars, luxury, style and unforgettable experiences in one spectacular setting.” This September, the magnificent grounds of Blenheim Palace will once again provide the backdrop for one of Britain’s most prestigious lifestyle events, as Salon Privé returns for five unforgettable days of automotive excellence, luxury and entertainment. Taking place from Wednesday 2nd to Sunday 6th September, Salon Privé will celebrate its 21st year by bringing together the world’s finest classic cars, supercars and hypercars alongside exceptional hospitality, luxury shopping and exclusive experiences. Set within the grounds of the UNESCO World Heritage Site and birthplace of Sir Winston Churchill, Salon Privé is much more than a motoring event, it is an elegant English garden

102 AUGUST 2026

“Taking place from Wednesday 2nd to Sunday 6th September, Salon Privé will celebrate its 21st year by bringing together the world’s finest classic cars, supercars and hypercars alongside exceptional hospitality, luxury shopping and exclusive experiences”

party where craftsmanship, design, fashion and luxury lifestyle come together. At the heart of the event is the internationally renowned Salon Privé Concours by Aviva Private Clients, showcasing some of the rarest and most beautiful classic cars from around the globe. Guests can discover extraordinary vehicles, many making their UK debut, with entries judged by an expert international panel. Throughout the week, visitors can explore an expanded programme of spectacular automotive displays, daily parades and two new Galleries showcasing an exceptional collection of supercars and hypercars. The Salon Privé lifestyle village will also welcome a carefully curated selection of luxury brands, offering a refined shopping experience alongside the excitement on the lawns. One of the most anticipated moments of the week is Ladies’ Day by Boodles, a glamorous celebration of fashion, elegance and occasion dressing, complete with the much-loved Boodles Best Hat Competition. The weekend delivers excitement for collectors, enthusiasts and families alike, beginning with the Salon Privé Club Trophy presented by Lockton, featuring more than 1,500 privately owned sports cars, supercars and hypercars. The celebrations conclude with Supercar Sunday and Lifestyle Club Day, creating a spectacular finale dedicated to automotive passion and craftsmanship. Combining world-class cars, fine hospitality, luxury brands and an unrivalled historic setting, Salon Privé offers an unforgettable day out - a luxury garden party like no other. Tickets for Salon Privé 2026 start from £60, with luxury hospitality packages also available. To book tickets and discover more, visit salonpriveconcours.com.


YOUR NEXT CHAPTER COULD BE YOUR BEST ONE

Private coaching for leaders, founders and accomplished professionals ready for a more meaningful next chapter. CLARITY • IMPACT • FULFILMENT Book a complimentary discovery conversation We are one of the highest rated career coaching companies in London: 85 Google reviews


C ARE

Physiotherapy & Rehabilitation R Integrated care to help restore strength, confidence, and independence.

estore your strength and health after an illness or operation by letting us take good care of you with individually tailored nursing care and our in-house physio, excellent chef and expert hairdresser. The Chiswick Nursing Centre’s physiotherapists work seamlessly with nursing staff to provide the highest levels of integrated care. As a part of the rehabilitation programme, the Centre’s qualified physiotherapists work closely with nursing staff to help patients achieve their goals. Highly experienced in the treatment and management of numerous conditions, the Centre’s physio team are experts in the field of rehabilitation. We support convalescence after surgery and to aid cancer recovery, including care of those with a range of other complex needs. We have particular expertise in rehabilitation following hip replacements and knee replacements. The physiotherapy sessions are tailored to help recover mobility and the physio team aims to provide early detection of any movement related problems. Through their treatment the Centre’s physios help patients and residents to regain their confidence and independence to promote an excellent quality of life through improved health and wellbeing. One resident commented: “I spent a week in the rehabilitation/convalescent Balmoral Suite following a hip replacement operation. All the staff were reassuring (especially in the few days after I arrived), friendly, helpful and caring and nothing was too much trouble. The daily physio was gentle but challenging and beneficial. A really positive experience - I would recommend to anyone in a similar position.

“The Centre’s physios help patients and residents to regain their confidence and independence”

THE DETAILS Please email enquiries@ chiswicknursingcentre.co.uk or call 07568 106258. chiswicknursingcentre.co.uk

104 AUGUST 2026

Chiswick Nursing Centre offers high quality rehabilitation, convalescence, respite & nursing care. We also offer holiday stays for carers who need a break – with maximum peace of mind – so they can take time for themselves. Respite care should be a proper break for you. Short term or long term, we can take care of your loved one so that you can rest, recuperate and re-energise, or simply catch up on your to do list. With free parking on-site, the care home is a convenient location to be treated for a range of conditions including post-surgical rehabilitation and orthopaedic and musculosketal conditions. So, whether its physiotherapy, rehabilitation or convalescence, respite care, dementia care, longterm complex nursing care or general residential care, rest assured your loved one will be in safe hands at the Chiswick Nursing Centre.


PROPERTY

Luxury Living at The Vale

A

home is more than just bricks and mortar. At The Vale, their collection of 30 luxury apartments available to rent, have been designed, so you can enjoy your retirement in a welcoming and vibrant community, without the worry of maintaining a property. Their contemporary apartments are beautifully crafted to the highest standards. Lightfilled open-plan living spaces, luxury kitchens and beautiful bathrooms combine style and accessibility. Expect Porcelanosa kitchens with integrated Bosch appliances, built-in storage, underfloor heating and walk-in showers. Senior living can bring a change in pace and priority. They believe that The Vale enables you to live life to the fullest, safe in the knowledge that personalised care is available if required. Their aim has always been to combine convenience, security contemporary retirement

THE DETAILS Contact The Vale’s friendly team for a private appointment or to arrange a viewing. thevaleliving.co.uk Tel: 08081 696511

106 AUGUST 2026

living in south London and affordability with access to a comprehensive range of hospitality. Knowing that support is available means you can embrace life with peace of mind. The Brunel two bedroom apartment has a spacious, practical feel with an open-plan living area, luxury, fully-fitted kitchen, built in wardrobes in both bedrooms and an contemporary en-suite to the master bedroom. With the extra bedroom, you can host friends and family with ease. Practicality comes with additional storage space and a dedicated utility room. At The Vale you can have as much company and social life as you wish. The Bar & Bistro is perfect for catching up with friends. For a cosy place to read the papers or play cards, the library and lounge offer a comfortable, beautifully decorated environment. And if pampering is what you’re after, the on-site hair salon offers treatments or if you want to learn a new craft, the hobbies room is the place to go. Nestled in a peaceful location a short distance from Streatham, The Vale is more than just a new home - it’s a future filled with opportunities. Are you unsure about making the move to a retirement village?


PROPERTY

THE MOST EXPENSIVE PROPERTIES IN LONDON:

L

Inside the Capital’s Ultra-Prime Real Estate Market

ondon has long been one of the world’s most prestigious property markets, attracting billionaires, royalty, international investors and business leaders. From grand Georgian mansions in Belgravia to ultra-modern penthouses overlooking Hyde Park, the capital is home to some of the most valuable residential properties on the planet. While the average London home costs around half a million pounds, the city’s ultra-prime homes regularly command prices exceeding £50 million, with a handful of landmark estates selling for more than £200 million in private transactions.

THE MOST EXCLUSIVE AREAS Kensington Palace Gardens Often referred to as “Billionaires’ Row”, Kensington Palace Gardens is widely regarded as London’s most prestigious residential address. The street is home to embassies, royal residences and some of the wealthiest individuals in the world. Properties rarely come onto the market, and values frequently exceed £100 million. Knightsbridge Home to luxury developments such as One Hyde Park, Knightsbridge offers some of Europe’s most expensive apartments. Exclusive penthouses overlooking Hyde Park have been marketed for around £80 million, featuring private pools, concierge services and panoramic city views. Mayfair Mayfair combines historic architecture with luxury living. Grosvenor Place, Grosvenor Square and

surrounding streets remain among the UK’s highest-priced residential locations, attracting international buyers seeking prestige and proximity to London’s financial and cultural centres. Belgravia Known for elegant white stucco townhouses and garden squares, Belgravia continues to rank among London’s most desirable neighbourhoods. Properties here often exceed £20 million, particularly around Eaton Square and Chester Square. Hampstead Offering larger homes, privacy and expansive gardens, Hampstead has become a favourite among entrepreneurs and celebrities. Winnington Road has recently ranked as London’s most expensive street by average asking price, with homes averaging around £12.5 million.

RECORD-BREAKING HOMES Some of London’s highest-value homes are never publicly listed, changing hands through discreet 108 AUGUST 2026

“Often referred to as “Billionaires’ Row”, Kensington Palace Gardens is widely regarded as London’s most prestigious residential address”


1 & 2 BEDROOM APARTMENTS IN BRENTFORD FROM £106,875 FOR A 25% SHARE

Brand new Shared Ownership homes in the heart of West London. Perfectly positioned between Kew Gardens and Gunnersbury Park, just a 5-minute walk from Kew Bridge Station with direct services to London Waterloo.

Private balcony or terrace to every home Landscaped podium gardens Moments from the River Thames

BOOK YOUR VIEWING TODAY: 0203 031 9904 peabodynewhomes.co.uk/KEWB *Based on a 25% share of a full market value home. Prices correct as of July 2026. Digital illustrations are indicative only. Travel times taken from Google Maps.


PROPERTY

off-market sales. Recent reports suggest one historic London mansion sold for approximately £260 million-plus, making it one of the most expensive residential property transactions ever recorded globally. Other notable properties include: • Landmark mansions in Belgravia valued at over £200 million. • Luxury apartments in One Hyde Park regularly selling for £20 million to £100 million. • Knightsbridge penthouses with rooftop pools and hotel-style amenities marketed at around £80 million.

MARKET OUTLOOK Despite fluctuations in London’s wider housing market, the ultra-prime sector has remained relatively resilient. Wealthy international buyers continue to view London as a safe long-term investment thanks to its legal stability, global financial status and limited supply of exceptional homes. While transaction volumes can slow during periods of economic uncertainty, trophy properties continue to attract significant interest, particularly through private sales rather than public listings.

WHAT MAKES THESE PROPERTIES SO EXPENSIVE? Several factors contribute to London’s extraordinary property values: • Prime location close to Hyde Park, Buckingham Palace or exclusive private gardens. • Limited supply, with many prestigious streets containing only a handful of residences. • Historic significance, including listed buildings and former aristocratic homes. • Exceptional security, often featuring gated entrances, private guards and advanced surveillance. • Luxury amenities, including spas, cinemas, wine cellars, swimming pools and underground garages. • International demand from investors seeking stable assets in a globally recognised city.

“Despite fluctuations in London’s wider housing market, the ultra-prime sector has remained relatively resilient”

LONDON’S MOST EXPENSIVE STREETS According to recent market rankings, some of the capital’s priciest streets include:

STREET Winnington Road Chester Square The Bishops Avenue Thurloe Place Ebury Square Knightsbridge

AREA Hampstead Garden Suburb Belgravia Hampstead South Kensington Belgravia Knightsbridge

AVERAGE ASKING PRICE* £12.5m £11.5m £8.9m £8.9m £8.5m £8.3m

*Average asking prices vary annually and reflect available listings rather than completed sales. 110 AUGUST 2026

CONCLUSION London’s most expensive properties represent far more than luxury homes—they are status symbols, investment assets and pieces of architectural history. From the embassies and mansions of Kensington Palace Gardens to the iconic penthouses of Knightsbridge, these residences remain among the most coveted real estate in the world. With prices regularly reaching tens or even hundreds of millions of pounds, London’s ultraprime market continues to set the benchmark for luxury property worldwide.


112 AUGUST 2026


LUXURY PET GUIDE

– Everything your pet needs to live their best life – I M AG E : C L E V E R P U P


LUXURY PET GUIDE

[SHOPPING]

PERFECT PETS STYLISH SPANIELS This beautifully made Spaniel treat tin is the perfect gift for any dog lover – especially those with a soft spot for Working Cocker Spaniels. Thoughtfully designed and handcrafted, it’s ideal for keeping dog treats to hand during training, or simply as a stylish storage tin at home. thebritishcrafthouse.co.uk

COMFORT MEETS ELEGANCE Because they’re family too, our four-legged friends deserve furniture as beautiful as yours. Designed inhouse, this stylish dog bed features a hand-carved solid oak frame with a softly distressed whitewashed finish, offering the perfect blend of comfort and elegance. frenchbedroom.co.uk

PAMPERED POOCHES

POP THE CHAMPAGNE! Crafted from soft canvas with rope detailing and an internal squeaker, this Champagne toy is a stylish gift that’s guaranteed to keep tails wagging through every celebration. sophieallport.com

CHIC CATS As the name suggests, the Scruffs® Stockholm collection of cat beds blends Scandinavian chic with feline function and comfort. petslovescruffs.com 114 AUGUST 2026

At Digby, we know that after a good romp in the countryside, your dog’s coat could use a bit of pampering and that’s where our Digby Conditioner comes in. With naturally nontoxic antifungal, antiseptic and antibacterial qualities, this conditioner helps to keep fur clean and healthy. Made with lavender and mandarin caninesafe essential oils and natural botanicals, our detangling Digby Dog Conditioner is kind to your dog’s coat and leaves a long-lasting shine, perfect for pampering after a day full of play. bramleyproducts.co.uk


Treat Your Pet Like Royalty!

Pet Approved

Vet Recommended

pH Balanced

Paraben & Sulphate Free

www.barkinandmeowson.com

Cruelty Free


LUXURY PET GUIDE

Barkin & Meowson: Raising the Standard in Premium Pet Care

F

or London’s discerning pet owners, caring for their pet is as considered as choosing the finest skincare or wellness products for themselves. Today’s pet parents expect more than basic grooming—they seek products that combine scientific expertise, premium ingredients and beautiful design. Enter Barkin & Meowson, a British luxury pet care brand redefining pet care with the philosophy that every pet deserves to be treated like royalty. Barkin & Meowson has been quietly establishing itself among pet parents who believe their companions deserve the very best.

116 AUGUST 2026

Inspired by the love of animals and a passion for raising the standards of pet wellbeing, Barkin & Meowson was created with a very clear vision: What would pets buy for themselves? They set about bringing together veterinary science, premium ingredients and elegant design in a collection that reflects the same care and consideration we would expect from our own human luxury wellness products. What sets the brand apart is its meticulous attention to detail. Rather than offering onesize-fits-all grooming, Barkin & Meowson provides targeted solutions for different coat types and skin concerns—from deshedding


and detangling to the most sensitive of skins. Carefully selected active ingredients, together with odour neutralising pet-approved fragrances, deliver visible results in a grooming experience which is enjoyable for both pet and owner. Every formula is thoughtfully developed to support healthy skin and beautiful coats, while remaining gentle enough for regular use. Manufactured in a GMP-certified facility, formulas are pH-balanced specifically for dogs and cats, paraben and sulphate free, and created with both performance, efficacy and safety at its heart. All formulas are reviewed and approved by a veterinary dermatologist. It is this unwavering commitment to quality that has earned the brand growing recognition amongst professional groomers, breeders and devoted pet owners alike.

“Barkin & Meowson has been quietly establishing itself among pet parents who believe their companions deserve the very best”

Barkin & Meowson represents a changing attitude towards modern pet ownership—one where wellness, comfort and preventative care are considered essential, and where beautiful design sits comfortably alongside scientific credibility. As London’s pet parents demand the very best for their cherished members of the family, Barkin & Meowson meets this need, founded on the quiet confidence of doing things properly, with expertise, compassion and an unwavering commitment to the pets who enrich our lives.

www.barkinandmeowson.com

AUGUST 2026 117


LUXURY PET GUIDE

Custom Pet Enclosures Where Architecture Meets Animal Wellbeing

I

n a world where pets are increasingly considered part of the family, the way we design our homes is quietly evolving. Outdoor space is no longer just about aesthetics or entertaining; it is about creating environments that support wellbeing — not only for people, but for the animals who share their lives. This is where Custom Pet Enclosures has established a thoughtful and design-led presence. Working across Essex, Kent, London and the South East, Custom Pet Enclosures specialises in bespoke outdoor enclosures for cats (Catios), designed to integrate seamlessly with the architecture of a home while prioritising safety, longevity and enrichment. Their work sits at the intersection of craftsmanship, considered design and animal welfare — an approach that resonates with homeowners who value quality and discretion. Designed for Homes, Built for Cats Rather than treating cat enclosures as afterthoughts, Custom Pet Enclosures approaches each project as a unique design challenge. Every enclosure is created from scratch, responding to the property, the garden and the behaviour of the cats who will use the space. There is no reliance on standard kits or fixed templates. Instead, proportion, access, materials and layout are carefully considered to ensure each enclosure feels intentional and well integrated, whether attached to a period property or a contemporary home. Craftsmanship That Prioritises Longevity All enclosures are built on site, allowing the team to adapt to real-world conditions and achieve a precise, tailored fit. This approach enables careful attention to detail, from mesh tension and fixings to weather exposure and long-term durability. The result is an enclosure designed to perform quietly over time — requiring minimal intervention while continuing to provide a safe and enriching outdoor environment. Enrichment with Peace of Mind Beyond visual integration, feline wellbeing remains central to every design. Enclosures are created to encourage natural behaviours such as climbing, observing and resting, while offering homeowners

118 AUGUST 2026

reassurance around safety and security. For many clients, this represents a considered balance: controlled outdoor access for cats without compromising the appearance or integrity of the home. As expectations around pet care continue to rise, Custom Pet Enclosures reflect a broader shift towards design-led solutions that respect both animal welfare and architectural context.

THE DETAILS Custom Pet Enclosures Bespoke Cat Enclosures across Essex, Kent, London and the South East: Email: dan@custompetenclosures.co.uk Web: custompetenclosures.co.uk


LUXURY PET GUIDE

A Higher Standard on the Long Road Home

S

ix years ago, Darren Brookes entered the pet-transport industry not because there was a shortage of operators, but because he believed there was a shortage of standards. What began with an awkwardly memorable name has since developed into a European network built around welfare, professional competence and a deceptively simple principle: one family at a time. This is an editorial account of the company’s origins, its operating philosophy and the regulatory questions that are often hidden behind the apparently simple business of taking an animal from one country to another. ExecPets did not begin life as ExecPets. The company’s original name was The Transpawtation Company, with “paw” replacing the rather more conventional “port”. It was warm, playful and perfectly suited to a business transporting animals. Unfortunately, it was also difficult to spell, difficult to search for and even harder to promote through Google advertising. The name eventually disappeared, but the idea behind it did not. The market Darren Brookes found Founder Darren Brookes had spent time examining the way the pet-transport market

120 AUGUST 2026

operated. What he found concerned him. Standards varied enormously. Vehicles, qualifications and working practices were inconsistent, while customers were often expected to accept reassuring statements without being shown the documentation behind them. For Brookes, the central problem was not simply how an animal travelled. It was the culture surrounding the journey. A pet crossing Europe may spend many hours in the care of its transporter. It may be elderly, nervous, reactive, unwell or travelling away from the only home it has ever known. The driver is therefore doing considerably more than moving a passenger between two addresses. He or she is temporarily assuming responsibility for a member of somebody’s family. ExecPets was built around that understanding. One family at a time Rather than filling vehicles with animals belonging to several unrelated customers, its defining approach is to transport one family’s pets at a time. Owners may travel with their animals when they wish, but they are not required to do so. The result is a private, door-to-door journey in which rest stops, overnight accommodation and the pace of travel can be planned around the needs of that particular family.

“A licence establishes whether somebody may legally undertake a journey. Training helps determine how that journey will actually feel for the animal.”


deliberately avoided building its network around operators whose licences, vehicles or competence cannot be independently demonstrated.

It is a model that sounds obvious once explained. Yet it is far removed from the sharedtransport system in which unfamiliar animals may be collected and delivered at numerous points along the route. Today, ExecPets vehicles operate from locations across the United Kingdom and France, including Normandy, Dijon and Bordeaux. The network is extending into Spain, Portugal and Gibraltar. This expansion is not simply about placing more vehicles on the road. It is intended to create a consistent European standard, regardless of which operator or country is involved. Beyond a DEFRA authorisation That distinction has become increasingly important since Britain left the European Union. Within the industry, the phrase “DEFRA licensed” is frequently presented as the ultimate seal of approval. A valid UK transporter authorisation is important, but it is not, by itself, a passport to operate throughout Europe. The European Union no longer recognises Great Britainissued transporter authorisations, certificates of competence or vehicle approvals for commercial animal transport in EU territory. Depending upon the nature and duration of the journey, an international operator may also require an EU-issued transporter authorisation, an appropriate European representative or operating presence, vehicle approval documentation and evidence of competence. The relevant documents must be available for inspection during the journey. This is the less visible side of pet transportation. Customers naturally look at photographs of vehicles, testimonials and prices. They rarely ask where an operator’s European authorisation was issued, whether the particular vehicle has been inspected for long-distance animal transport or what qualifications the person behind the wheel actually holds. Yet those questions matter. Operating without the correct documents can expose a transporter to enforcement action, delays and potentially serious questions concerning insurance cover. For an animal halfway across Europe, a paperwork failure is not a minor administrative inconvenience. It can become a welfare issue remarkably quickly. Brookes believes too many businesses rely heavily upon a UK DEFRA authorisation while giving far less attention to the European documentation required beyond British borders. ExecPets has therefore

“Depending upon the nature and duration of the journey, an international operator may also require an EU-issued transporter authorisation, an appropriate European representative or operating presence, vehicle approval documentation and evidence of competence”

Training behind the wheel Licensing, however, is only the foundation. ExecPets operators also undertake training in areas including advanced canine behaviour, dog law and canine first aid. These subjects address something no transporter authorisation can guarantee: how a person will respond when confronted by a frightened dog, an anxious cat, a medical incident or an animal displaying unfamiliar behaviour after many hours of travel. A licence establishes whether somebody may legally undertake a journey. Training helps determine how that journey will actually feel for the animal. Equipment is only useful when it forms a system The company’s Mercedes vehicles are equipped for long-distance travel, with climate control, temperature monitoring, CCTV, tracking and emergency equipment. Regular comfort, exercise and hydration stops form part of the journey, while owners can remain in contact and receive updates as their pets travel. None of these individual elements is revolutionary. Their importance lies in bringing them together as one coherent service rather than treating animal welfare, legal compliance and passenger comfort as separate concerns. Growth without dilution ExecPets has grown considerably from the days of The Transpawtation Company. Its challenge now is the same one faced by every expanding specialist business: increasing its geographical reach without diluting the standards that made expansion possible. For Brookes, that means looking beyond the certificate displayed in a website footer. The real measure of a pet transporter is found at three o’clock in the morning, on an unfamiliar European road, when a nervous animal needs patience, the temperature changes unexpectedly or the carefully prepared journey encounters a problem. That is where paperwork, equipment, training and character finally meet. In pet transportation, the destination matters. But the standard of care shown along the road matters every bit as much. execpets.co.uk AUGUST 2026 121


LUXURY PET GUIDE

Introducing CAN9 The only supplement your dog will ever need.

W

e created CAN9 to alleviate the stress about your dog’s diet and nutrition. There is a constant guessing game because, unfortunately, dogs can’t tell us if there’s a problem and we’re not always great at reading the signs! Every day your dog eats, their body is either getting what it needs or it isn’t, and there is no meaningful way to catch up on what it missed. There is no retrospective joint support for cartilage that has already worn, and no antioxidant coverage that reaches back to address oxidative damage that has been accumulating for months or years. Most dogs are fundamentally healthy and most owners are doing their best with the information they have. But doing your best with nutrition means understanding that the window for proactive support is widest when your dog is young and healthy, not when they are already stiff, dull-coated, or beginning to slow down. Too many supplements in the market, especially chews, are packed with fillers, binding agents, sugar: CAN9 only contains ingredients that support your dog’s health, in an easy to serve and tasty powder. Rather than treating a single 122 AUGUST 2026

“Most dogs are fundamentally healthy and most owners are doing their best with the information they have. But doing your best with nutrition means understanding that the window for proactive support is widest when your dog is young and healthy, not when they are already stiff, dullcoated, or beginning to slow down”

complaint (eg. painful joints), the blend works holistically to target all the major pillars of canine health, resulting in a stronger, healthier dog. CAN9 contains 18 active ingredients, a combination of vitamins, omega-3, collagen, minerals and some plants and supports 9 areas of your dog’s health: joint health, skin, coat & eyes, gut health, immunity, oral health, heart & liver, brain & anti-inflammation. • Suitable for dogs of all ages and breeds. Start from 12 weeks onwards • Made with premium human-grade ingredients • Provides the nutritional support needed based on modern day diet and lifestyle • Free from artificial fillers or nasties • Simply mix into your dog’s food - dry, wet or raw and serve. CAN9 is built around one simple idea: ensuring your dog is not just living, but thriving. RRP: £35.00 available on Amazon and at canis-nine.com Follow us on @can_9_nutrition


LUXURY PET GUIDE

MADE FOR THE MOMENTS YOU SHARE Joyful, high-quality accessories for every walk, weekend escape and special occasion King’s Road to a weekend away from the city. Comfort and function remain central to every design. Harnesses feature adjustable neck and chest straps to help create a secure fit across different body shapes, while selected styles are reversible and machine washable. Travel pieces are designed to accompany dogs on every kind of adventure, bringing familiarity and comfort to cafés, hotels, countryside stays and journeys further afield.

F

rom morning walks through Greenwich Park to escapes beyond London, Pink Pups is designed for a life shared with your dogs. Created for owners who want accessories that feel considered, practical and full of personality, wherever the day takes them. Founded independently by Maria de Dozsa, Pink Pups creates joyful, high-quality matching walkwear and travel-ready pieces. Designed in the UK and available globally, the brand brings together distinctive design, thoughtful details and accessories made for a modern life shared with dogs. Pink Pups’ corduroy walkwear has become one of the brand’s signature collections. Made from soft, premium corduroy, the collection brings texture and personality to matching harnesses, collars and leads. It is available in a carefully chosen palette of pastels for spring and summer, alongside wearable neutrals and rich seasonal shades for autumn and winter. It offers something more distinctive than everyday walkwear while remaining comfortable and practical for everyday wear. Alongside the corduroy collection, Pink Pups offers adjustable and reversible harnesses, matching collars and leads, blankets, waterproof travel mats, dog walking bags and accessories for special occasions. Each piece is created for all the plans you share with your dog, from a walk along

124 AUGUST 2026

“Pink Pups is designed for dogs who share the journey, the occasion and all the moments in between.” – Maria de Dozsa, Founder

THE DETAILS Discover matching walkwear and travel-ready pieces at pinkpups.com. Follow @pinkpupsco on Instagram.


LUXURY PET GUIDE

Taking a 21st century ‘human’ approach to your dog’s diet T he message has been coming loud and clear now for years: eating better and understanding how to eat for better health should be very high up on everyone’s priority lists. Less highly-processed foods, more ‘natural’ and ‘organic’ products are revolutionising ranges in the supermarket aisles. Not only are people keen to ensure their ‘core’ diets are as ‘clean’ as can be, lots of us want to ensure we get a full ‘360’ top up with supplements and nutritional aids as part of an overall holistic approach to eating and good health. And this continuing trend is being seen in the pet care sector. The research is clear: dog owners are already doing combination feeding in order to add additional nutritional and functional benefits as part of preventative care. That’s where Furr Boost wins as it acts as a vital nutritional ‘top-up’; ensuring dogs are hydrated with a nutritious and versatile ‘smoothie’ that forms a complementary part of your dog’s regular dietary regime. Research conducted by Furr Boost reflects this change in behaviour. The findings show that Furr Boost is increasingly being

126 AUGUST 2026

recognised as a household name among engaged dog owners, particularly those already invested in their dog’s health and wellbeing. Rather than replacing meals, Fur Boost acts as a very convenient topper, adding hydration, nutrients and variety for dogs who are combination fed with dry and wet food. The Furr Boost research also highlights how versatility is driving adoption. Pet parents are turning to Furr Boost not just at home, but on the go — using it as a drink for travelling dogs, during hot weather, post-walk recovery or periods of reduced appetite. For puppies, seniors and fussy eaters, it offers an easy way to support hydration without forcing a full meal. For many owners, this represents a mindset shift rather than a single product choice. Just like their human counterparts, it’s all about adding something nutritious, not just masking dietary deficiencies. And as the conversation around ultraprocessed food continues to grow, brands that genuinely deliver simplicity, function and transparency are fast becoming staples in modern dog households too. furrboost.com

“Pet parents are turning to Furr Boost not just at home, but on the go — using it as a drink for travelling dogs, during hot weather, post-walk recovery or periods of reduced appetite”


Elevated essentials for life with your dog. Founded in New York City, Cleverpup designs premium pet accessories that combine thoughtful design, modern style, and smart functionality. Every product is crafted to make travelling, training, and everyday outings more stylish, organised, and enjoyable—for both you and your pup. From the Transit Tote, a lightweight, ultra-organised carrier designed for comfortable adventures together, to the Bistro Box, an all-in-one travel feeding kit that keeps mealtime beautifully organised wherever you go, every detail is intentionally designed. The Dog Walk & Train Sling completes the collection with hands-free convenience, intuitive storage, and a built-in squeaker for instant attention when it matters most. Whether you’re navigating city streets, escaping for the weekend, or discovering somewhere new, Cleverpup brings elevated design and everyday function together, so you can enjoy every adventure with your dog in style.

cleverpup.com


PROPERTY LUXURY PET GUIDE

THE CAT SHOW LIVE 2026 12th September 2026, NEC Birmingham.

P

repare to be enchanted as The Cat Show Live unfolds a purr-fect day! The event will not only celebrate the cat world but also serve as a platform to spotlight the incredible work done in the UK to rescue and rehome cats. The event invites visitors to delve into the heartwarming world of cat rescues and adoptions through “Hope Alley,” an innovative initiative that leverages a digital rehome application to support and streamline the rehoming process. The Cat Village Home to over 250 cats and their owners, providing you with the opportunity to get up close and personal with over 35 different pedigree breeds! Theatre Square Responsible Ethical Cat Ownership (RECO) will be at the heart of The Cat Show Live, where you can hear from and interact with some esteemed global speakers about how to ensure your cats remain happy and healthy. From behaviour to the latest trends in feline care, attendees can immerse themselves in a world of knowledge and entertainment. The Cat Club Get expert cat advice, explore helpful resources and support and join a like-minded community of cat lover - so you can feel confident, connected, and supported at every stage of your cat’s life.

128 AUGUST 2026

Retail Avenue This will be the largest dedicated feline shopping village under one roof - visitors can shop for an extensive range of products from gourmet treats, wellbeing and nutrition to bespoke accessories, playtime and insurance. Everything you could need to enrich your cat’s day to day routine! Kids Activities The Cat Show Live isn’t just for grown-ups - kids will have an amazing time too! from hands-on activities to learning opportunities, there’s so much fun to be had! Choose from a range of ticket options, including adult, concessions, family bundles, and VIP - the ultimate day out for cat lovers. For ticket information and the latest updates, visit thecatshowlive.co.uk

“Responsible Ethical Cat Ownership (RECO) will be at the heart of The Cat Show Live”


Puppyssimo is a luxury pet accessories brand creating hypoallergenic, handcrafted pieces for dogs. Made from premium 100% cotton fabrics with exceptional attention to detail, each collection blends elegance, comfort, and everyday practicality. Inspired by a love for dogs and refined European aesthetics, Puppyssimo celebrates timeless design through beautifully crafted accessories designed to be treasured for years. website: puppyssimo.com Instagram: @puppyssimo.official


MOVE THROUGH THE WORLD WITH EASE


CREATED FOR MOMENTS OF EXPLORATION

SHOP AT THEANIMALS.STUDIO


LUXURY PET GUIDE

You wouldn’t leave the house in just anything. Why would they?

“They play to win. They always make an entrance, intended or otherwise”

Y

ou’re like nobody else. Neither are they. Both of you ought to dress the part. It’s why THEANIMALS™ never made one wardrobe. We made five: for those who sit and stay, those who never do, and those for whom life is simply a walk in the park. After all, it takes all kinds: Better Together: They never go anywhere without their other half. They think sentiment earns its place. They’d share a bed, given the choice. You wouldn’t say no. Le Retro Sport: They play to win. They always make an entrance, intended or otherwise. They chase what they shouldn’t. You like what they bring back. Le Classique: They sit and stay, but only on their terms. They don’t do new when they can do timeless. They’ve never needed to prove a thing. You could learn something from that. 132 AUGUST 2026

Le Roley: They’d rather be looked at twice than admired from a distance. They don’t follow the lead, but they do set it. You may be the one holding the leash, but only technically. Blanc de Blanc: They don’t require an introduction. They’ve got a reputation at the park. They track a little mud through the house. You like what they’ve done with the place. One house, five collections. After all, it takes all kinds. Leather leads in winter, cashmere in the cold snap, or something lighter come spring: THEANIMALS™ runs the full year, because neither yours nor their standards should have to hibernate. Nobody dresses carelessly on purpose. And some standards should never lower themselves at the collar. Available online and in store at Wolf & Badger UK, or take the scenic route: theanimals. studio. Take a peak: theanimals.studio / THEANIMALS™ — humanity is a myth.


Playology Is Now Available in the UK We’re excited to announce that Playology, the innovative pet toy brand loved by millions of pets and their owners worldwide, is now available in the UK. Designed to engage a pet’s natural instincts, Playology creates premium toys that combine fun, enrichment and durability for both dogs and cats. For dogs, Playology’s unique scented technology taps into their incredible sense of smell, encouraging longer-lasting engagement during fetch, chew and tug games. For cats, the range includes stimulating toys designed to encourage chasing, pouncing and interactive play, helping to satisfy natural hunting instincts while keeping them active and entertained. Developed using high-quality materials and backed by behavioural science, Playology toys are made to enrich pets’ lives and strengthen the bond between pets and their families. Discover the Playology collection, now available at Pet Pavilion stores across London.


LUXURY PET GUIDE

PET REMEDY

E

motional wellbeing is something most of us rarely stop to analyse. We wake up, move through our day and react instinctively to what life throws at us. Yet beneath every reaction sits a complex mix of physical comfort, emotional security and social connection. When we feel safe, supported and able to cope, we tend to behave calmly and confidently. When we feel under pressure, anxious, overwhelmed or in pain, our behaviour inevitably shifts. The same is true for the animals who share our homes, even though we sometimes forget that their behaviour is driven by feelings in exactly the same way as our own. From nervous dogs who tremble during fireworks, to cats who hide when visitors arrive, to horses that struggle with travel or changes in routine, many of the behaviours we label as “difficult” are actually attempts to communicate discomfort or find relief. Supporting emotional wellbeing, rather than simply trying to correct behaviour, is increasingly recognised as the most compassionate and effective approach. That philosophy sits at the heart of Pet Remedy, a

134 AUGUST 2026

natural calming range designed to help animals feel safer, calmer and better able to cope with everyday challenges. Devon-based Pet Remedy’s range works on all mammals and can be used across a wide range of situations. It supports animals during fireworks,

“When we feel safe, supported and able to cope, we tend to behave calmly and confidently”


thunderstorms, car journeys, vet visits and grooming appointments, as well as during longerterm challenges such as separation anxiety, changes in household routine, moving home or welcoming a new baby or pet. Because it focuses on emotional regulation rather than sedation, it can be used regularly as part of an animal’s wellbeing toolkit, helping them to build resilience rather than simply masking stress. The impact of this approach is reflected in the results of an independent customer survey carried out after seven days of use, with 106 respondents taking part. The findings paint a clear picture of improved emotional wellbeing across multiple measures. More than four in five respondents said their pet appeared calmer and less stressed since using the spray, while 85 percent reported noticing a clear change in their pet’s behaviour. Eighty percent felt their pet was coping better with stressful situations, and nearly eight in ten believed the product had improved their pet’s emotional wellbeing overall. Importantly for pet owners navigating a crowded marketplace, 83 percent said Pet Remedy was more effective than other calming products they had tried, and 81 percent said they would recommend it to friends. These figures matter because they speak to

“Eighty percent felt their pet was coping better with stressful situations” real-world experiences in everyday homes. A dog who settles more quickly when left alone, a cat who no longer panics at the sound of the vacuum cleaner, or a rabbit who copes better with handling are all examples of emotional relief translating into behavioural change. Even practical details play a role in consistency of use, with more than 80 percent of respondents saying they liked or were happy with the smell of the spray, removing one of the common barriers to regular application. Animal emotional wellbeing expert and canine behaviourist Andrew Hale explains why this focus on emotional state is so important. “Behaviour is communication,” he says. “Many of the challenging behaviours we see in companion animals are their attempts to find relief from emotional, social or physical discomfort, not acts of defiance or stubbornness.”

“When we support emotional wellbeing and help an animal feel safer and more able to cope, behaviour often changes naturally as a result. Pet Remedy, which promotes calm and emotional regulation can be incredibly valuable because it addresses how the animal feels, not just how they act.” That principle applies universally, regardless of species. Whether it’s a dog struggling with reactivity, a cat stressed by environmental changes, or a small mammal sensitive to noise and handling, emotional wellbeing underpins their ability to learn, adapt and feel secure. By helping animals move away from a constant state of stress, Pet Remedy can support better coping strategies and healthier relationships between pets and their caregivers. In a world where our animals are exposed to ever-changing routines, busy households and unpredictable environments, prioritising emotional wellbeing is no longer a luxury, it is a necessity. Understanding behaviour as an expression of feeling allows us to respond with empathy rather than frustration, and to choose solutions that genuinely support the animal’s lived experience. Pet Remedy’s mission is rooted in that understanding, offering practical, evidence-backed support to help animals feel calmer, safer and more at ease in the world they share with us.

petremedy.co.uk facebook.com/petremedy AUGUST 2026 135


LUXURY PET GUIDE

Homes, not cages

T

hree years ago, I serendipitously agreed to go and buy some food for my little brother’s goldfish. Walking into a pet store in London, I saw shelves upon shelves of hideous plastic hamster cages. Those cages bothered me. I went home and researched. It turned out that most hamster cages sold to families each day are not only crimes against interior design. They are also nowhere near the size they should be. Ugly, unsafe, prone to escapes. The pet industry had left small animals behind. That evening Bandaby was born with a dream: to help millions of families give animals like hamsters a loving home instead of a cage. Homes that were welfare friendly, thoughtfully designed and absolutely gorgeous. We launched our hamster homes across 14 countries earlier this year with five star reviews and many happy hamsters. But, we’re not stopping there.

Our Dig & Dream Aspen Bedding is now taking the hamster world by storm. Sensationally soft, 100% natural, incredibly low on dust and extraordinarily good at holding tunnels. We won’t rest until the world is a better and kinder place for animals & their families. Find out more on bandaby.com or follow along @we_are_bandaby on Instagram. emotionalsupportanimals@bandaby.com Photography: Daniela Serra (@danielaserraphoto).

Disclaimer: this gorgeous aspen bedding is so natural, sensationally soft, VERY low on dust & amazing for tunnels

you’ll wish you were a hamster

136 AUGUST 2026


AUGUST 2026 137


LUXURY PET GUIDE

FIRST RESPONSE IN EVERYDAY CARE

L

eucillin is going to be sweet 16 this coming November, and to mark this momentous occasion we have been undergoing a little transformation; obviously not the contents of our market leading, skin-safe antimicrobial solution! But we are proud to unveil our new look Leucillin! We have of course kept our gloriously iconic purple branding but with a slick new logo, and label with a polished, clean, clear, professional vibe. Our new logo is a homage to the molecular structure of the incredible chemical, Hypochlorous acid, which is what provides the safe, disinfection power of Leucillin but is also naturally produced by our own immune systems. The world has altered somewhat since Leucillins launch and in the current a cost of living crisis, how may products can be safely used to care for all your animals and is also HSE authorised for people too? The introduction of Leucillin and its powerful, yet gentle germ-killing properties has given animal owners the tool and the confidence to manage minor skin health issues on a day-to-day basis. Leucillin’s revolutionary skincare technology put the solution in the hands of animal owners with unrivalled topical antimicrobial capabilities, but with a safety profile meaning that any member of the

140 AUGUST 2026

family can care for their fur or feathered friends. Leucillin is now available in approximately 30 countries worldwide, with animal care professionals utilising its germ control proficiency for all mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians at all life stages. Leucillin can be safely used for flushing open tissue, cleaning and disinfecting any skin, for daily sanitising, particularly for breeds which have specific care needs, for example brachycephalic dogs and cats with lips folds, nose rolls and deep wrinkles which trap bacteria. For animals which require regular ear and eye care Leucillin can be safely used as a flush or to remove gunk and built up. We are constantly looking to improve our sustainability and green credentials as a business. Leucillin contains no harmful chemicals to our environment, degrading safely down to a saline solution with no disposal requirements and can also be used in organic livestock systems. Leucillin’s packaging is completely recyclable including our sprays heads which do not contain any metal component parts. Our bottles are manufactured in the UK from RPET material from a Prevented Ocean Plastic source, which is an initiative using recycled plastic collected from coastal areas at risk from ocean plastic pollution. We hope you love the “new look” Leucillin as much as we do and here’s to the next 16 years!

THE DETAILS We love to hear from all pet lovers and welcome any questions about Leucillin, please contact the team on: E: info@leucillin.co.uk T: 0345 548 9800 leucillin.co.uk


Let move my pet’s professional, reliable and discreet service, transport your pet across the UK Whether you’re moving home, taking a holiday, bringing a new pet home or for any other reason – we can help. ✓ Bespoke One-to-One Service ✓ House Moves ✓ Puppy and Kitten Collection Service ✓ State of the art, purpose-built vehicles with advanced climate control and video monitoring systems ✓ Fully Insured We take care of your pet, whilst you take care of life. Get in touch to discuss your individual requirements and how Move My Pet can cater for your needs.

Visit www.movemypet.co.uk | Telephone: 07918 880563 | Email: Ian@movemypet.co.uk


LUXURY PET GUIDE

Exceptional Feline Wares for Cats To Live Their Best Nine Lives Cheshire & Wain has been serving the finer things for a feline’s life since 2013, elevating cat accessories to the highest standards of style, safety, and comfort. For those who put cats at the centre of the universe, discover these bestsellers to enrich the lives of adored kitties. Feline Finishing School Every accomplished cat starts somewhere. The Chief Mouser Training Kit contains three felt mice with leather tails. It’s the perfect toy to satisfy a cat’s hunting instinct without harming any real mice. £29. Love Token A declaration of love. The I Am Loved Disc I.D. Tag is the perfect accessory for an adored feline. Complimentary engraving offered to add emergency contact details. £15

Silver Service Who said cats can’t have caviar? The Caviar Cat Toy is infused with high-strength premium catnip or valerian root to delight both active and lazy kitties alike. £15

Regal Recliner The rightful throne for the ruler of the household. This Tassel Trim Velvet Cat Cushion features plump feather-anddown filling to offer supreme comfort, while one holds court or enjoys a catnap. £300

Shop all at cheshireandwain.com

The Showstopper Made from embossed Italian ‘caviar grain’ leather in metallic gold, finished with 24k gold-plated hardware and a discreet breakaway clip, the Caspian Caviar Cat Collar is unapologetically glamorous. From £140

142 AUGUST 2026

Gone Fishing Connect a cat to nature. The Cheshire & Wain x Kate Welton Water Bowl is decorated with swimming Koi Carp to mirror the experience of drinking from a crystalclear lake with fish dancing beneath. £85


LUXURY PET GUIDE

Nature’s Greatest Secret

Natural Pet Care Backed by Colloidal Silver

W

hen it comes to caring for our pets, more owners than ever are turning to naturally derived, holistic alternatives — products that work gently alongside their pet’s everyday routine without harsh chemicals or synthetic additives. Nature’s Greatest Secret has been at the forefront of this movement since 2011, crafting premium colloidal silver pet care products from their East Sussex facility. At the heart of the range is a time-honoured ingredient with a history stretching back thousands of years. Silver has been valued across ancient civilisations — from Egyptian and Roman cultures who stored water in silver vessels to keep it fresh, to traditional healers who recognised its naturally supportive properties long before modern science could explain them. As one published review notes: “The use of silver to control infections was common in ancient civilisations. In recent years, this material has resurfaced as a therapeutic option due to the increasing prevalence of bacterial resistance to antimicrobials.” Today, Nature’s Greatest Secret harnesses this tradition in a range of carefully formulated, EU-compliant cosmetic products designed for everyday pet grooming and care. The pet care range has been developed in collaboration with holistic veterinarian Tim Couzens — one of the UK’s most respected holistic vets. Qualifying in 1980 and founding his 144 AUGUST 2026

own holistic veterinary practice in 1995, Tim has spent over three decades integrating traditional botanical care with modern veterinary practice. His philosophy — treating the whole animal rather than isolated symptoms — runs through every product in the range. From botanical ear drops for dogs and cats to preservative-free eye drops, herbal supplement tinctures and everyday grooming sprays, each product is naturally derived, alcohol-free and free from synthetic preservatives. Gentle enough for sensitive pets and suitable for daily use — because the best care is consistent care. Trusted by thousands of UK pet owners and stocked in Pets at Home and Jollyes stores nationwide — discover the full range online and save 15% on your first order with code PET15. naturesgreatestsecret.co.uk


Crafting exceptional homes in London’s prime residential market

Famella

www.famella.co.uk

@famellabuildingcontractors


THE

OUTDOOR LIVING GUIDE

– Making the most of the great outdoors this Summer – I M A G E : D I V I N E S A VA G E S


OUTDOOR LIVING

[SHOPPING]

OUTDOOR LIVING NATURAL BEAUTY Bring a touch of nature into your home or garden with ‘Nestor’, a cold cast bronze Wren bird sculpture designed and sculpted by Kirsty Armstrong in Cumbria, in the far north of England. Inspired by the lively nature of Britain’s beloved garden bird, the Wren, ‘Nestor’ captures its curiosity and energy in this realistic and detailed sculpture. thebritishcrafthouse.co.uk

TURN UP THE HEAT The Cosiloft is a coffee table fire pit that will extend your outdoor cosy living space. Position with an existing set to add an extra heat source, and table space, for the ultimate outdoor styling. This table is rectangular and is available in a range of finishes. ruma.co.uk

SHADED STYLE Boasting a premium build that offers years of garden design style, the Premium 2.4m Ultima Pergola is the perfect garden feature to define your outdoor dining area, demarcate a garden pathway, or provide a shady seated nook. forestgarden.co.uk

REST EASY New for 2026 and another industry first from Bramblecrest, this innovative collection features our configurable bench seating with a removable, connecting backrest. bramblecrest.com 148 AUGUST 2026

SUPER STRIPES Switch up your garden decor effortlessly with our outdoor chair cushions. Easy to store and designed with on-trend patterns, prints and colours, these cushions are perfect for outdoor chairs and sofas, rattan furniture and beyond. iconbeanbags.co.uk


OUTDOOR LIVING

Richmond Oak Glazed Extensions

R

ichmond Oak Glazed Extensions creates bespoke oak-framed and painted Hardwood living spaces for homeowners who want to add character, light and practical space to their properties. Specialising in oak conservatories, orangeries and garden rooms, the company focuses on designing extensions that feel individual rather than standardised. Each project is shaped around the client’s home, lifestyle and vision, helping to create a space that can be used for family life, entertaining or quiet relaxation. A Richmond Oak glazed extension is designed to bring the outdoors closer while improving the way a home can be enjoyed throughout the year. The combination of glass and seasoned oak allows natural light to flow through the room, while the warmth and texture of the oak frame helps the extension blend beautifully with its garden setting. Whether the aim is a larger kitchen, a tranquil garden retreat or a stylish entertaining area, the company’s approach is centred on creating a room that feels both elegant and functional. By using fully seasoned oak a unique dual colour option is possible where the outside can be painted to match the house and still have a natural oak interior. The business places strong emphasis on craftsmanship and durability. Its extensions are built using fully seasoned oak, chosen for its strength, stability and long-lasting appeal. Richmond Oak also highlights the importance of comfort, using features such as solar control glass, ventilation and heating solutions to help make its glazed spaces usable in every season. Using their unique solar control glass glazing to roof and frames you will not find it too hot in Summer or too cold in Winter. Another key part of the Richmond Oak service is its support through the full design and build journey. The process begins with a consultation, followed by a bespoke design stage that can include 3D illustrations. Once the design is

154 AUGUST 2026

“Craftsmanship and durability. Its extensions are built using fully seasoned oak, chosen for its strength, stability and long-lasting appeal”

approved, the company can deal with planning permission and building regulations before moving on to construction. As nearly half the Company’s work has been providing solutions for Listed Properties, this is particularly valuable for owners of listed buildings, conservation area properties and homes in sensitive locations, where specialist knowledge is often required. With a focus on bespoke design, natural materials and a guided customer experience, Richmond Oak Glazed Extensions offers homeowners a way to transform ordinary areas into distinctive, light-filled living spaces that enhance both the property and everyday life. For more contemporary requirements the Company has it’s Hallmark Living Spaces range of timberalternative materials. richmondoak.co.uk


OUTDOOR LIVING

THE BLACKSTONE EXPERIENCE Why Everyone Is Talking About Griddle Cooking

O

utdoor cooking has come a long way from burgers and sausages on the barbecue. Today, more people are transforming their gardens into outdoor kitchens, experimenting with new recipes and making mealtimes a social occasion. Leading the way is Blackstone, the brand that has helped make flat-top griddle cooking one of the fastestgrowing trends in outdoor dining. Founded with a simple idea – to make it possible to cook an entire meal outdoors – Blackstone introduced its first 36-inch griddle in 2008. Since then, the brand has become a favourite among home cooks, families and barbecue enthusiasts looking for a more versatile way to cook outside. Unlike a traditional barbecue, a Blackstone griddle features a large, flat cooking surface that lets you prepare almost anything in one place. Think fluffy pancakes and crispy bacon for breakfast, smash burgers and stir-fries for lunch, or sizzling fajitas, seafood and vegetables for dinner. You can even cook fried rice, quesadillas, eggs, toasted sandwiches and desserts, making it a true all-day cooking companion. One of the biggest advantages is the generous cooking space, allowing you to prepare multiple ingredients at once without juggling pans or heading back into the kitchen. Whether you’re feeding the family, entertaining friends or hosting a summer barbecue, everything can be cooked together while you stay part of the conversation. Blackstone has also designed its griddles with ease of use in mind. Even heat distribution helps food cook consistently, while simple temperature

158 AUGUST 2026

controls make it easy to prepare everything from delicate vegetables to perfectly seared steaks. A wide range of accessories, from burger presses and breakfast kits to cleaning tools and covers, helps you get even more from your outdoor cooking experience. Perhaps what makes Blackstone so popular is that it encourages you to be creative. Instead of sticking to traditional barbecue favourites, you can experiment with recipes from around the world, cook complete meals in one place and enjoy restaurant-style dishes without leaving home. Whether you’re planning a relaxed family breakfast in the garden, a weekend brunch with friends or an evening feast under the stars, Blackstone makes outdoor cooking simple, enjoyable and incredibly versatile. It’s more than just a griddle—it’s a new way to cook, entertain and spend time together, turning everyday meals into memorable occasions. blackstoneproducts.co.uk

“A Blackstone griddle features a large, flat cooking surface that lets you prepare almost anything in one place”


OUTDOOR LIVING

PIKES IBIZA UNVEILS A STYLISH POOLSIDE REVAMP WITH EXCLUSIVE DIVINE SAVAGES DESIGNS translating the hotel’s unique energy into a series of wallpapers, fabrics, cushions, lampshades and even kimonos and pyjamas. The poolside transformation brings the collection to life in its natural habitat, immersing guests in the dreamy hues and sunset-inspired patterns of Sunset Dreams from day to night. The most photographed pool in Ibiza just got even more stylish.

ABOUT DIVINE SAVAGES Since launching in 2017, Divine Savages has been leading the way in witty, maximalist decor. Founded by husbands Jamie Watkins and Tom Kennedy, the brand mixes influences from a melting pot of history, culture, fashion and the natural world around us, and always with their signature Divine Savages twist. Brave. Maximalist. Rebellious. Luxurious. Mischievous. Passionate. Your home will come alive with their carefully curated collections that bring a taste of the unexpected. divinesavages.com Images: Divine Savages X Pikes Ibiza Poolside @EMWESTSTUDIO

T

he iconic pool at Pikes Ibiza has been transformed with bespoke parasols and cushions upholstered in Sunset Dreams, the signature fabric from the newly launched Divine Savages x Pikes Ibiza collection. Drenched in the design’s warm Peach Paloma colourway, the new poolside look captures the spirit of Ibiza’s legendary sunsets, bringing a fresh layer of glamour, colour and escapism to one of the island’s most famous social spaces. The collaboration grew from a creative partnership that began in 2024, when Pikes completed a vibrant hotel renovation featuring countless combinations of Divine Savages wallpapers, lampshades and cushions throughout its bedrooms and bathrooms. The striking results inspired the two brands to create a dedicated collection together,

160 AUGUST 2026


TTA Business Card v2 5th (Pantone 21/8/08 CMYKcolour 21/8/08 9:25 577) am Page 2 TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 Page 2 (iTree consultancy) (eTree planting) Page 2 (iPlant landscape) (eTree surgery)

TTA Business Card v2 5th (Pantone 21/8/08 9:24 am CMYKcolour 21/8/08 9:25 577) am Page 2 TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 9:24 am The Tree Agency The Tree Agency

darryl parkin The Treehouse The Treehouse 25 King Edwards Grove The Treehouse 25 King Edwards Grove, Teddington, Middlesex 25 King Edwards GroveTW11 9LY Teddington, Middlesex TW11 9LY Telephone 020 8274 0107 Teddington, Middlesex TW11 9LY Mobile 07960 123580 Telephone 020 8274 0107 Telephone 020 8274 0107 Fax 02007960 8274 123580 0119 Mobile info@thetreeagency.co.uk Fax 020 8274 0119 www.thetreeagency.co.uk info@thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

darryl parkin The Treehouse 25 Edwards Grove TheKing Treehouse Teddington, Middlesex 25 King Edwards GroveTW11 9LY Mobile 07960 Telephone 123580 8274 0107 Teddington,020 Middlesex TW11 9LY info@thetreeagency.co.uk Mobile 07960 Telephone 020123580 8274 0107 www.thetreeagency.co.uk Fax 02007960 8274 123580 0119 Mobile info@thetreeagency.co.uk Fax 020 8274 0119 www.thetreeagency.co.uk info@thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

9:24 9:24


OUTDOOR LIVING

Summer Entertaining: Oliver Bonas’ Guide to Alfresco Hosting

A

s the temperature climbs and the days lengthen, summer’s calendar of events and soirées comes into focus. Whether you’re hosting a relaxed garden party, dressing up for cocktails and canapés, or just need an excuse to make the most of your garden, Oliver Bonas’ latest homeware designs have everything you need for an outdoor bash. From cooking for family to catching up with friends over grazing plates, set the scene with tableware that captures that holiday-at-home feeling. The Buon Appetito collection features design details that transport you to the Amalfi coast, using hand-painted fruit motifs and bright glazes. Hero pieces include the show-stopping Lola vase, olive oil bottle and serving dishes for light bites, all embracing a laidback summer energy. ‘We wanted to create a summertime tablescape with shared snacking plates and kitchen accessories that incorporate colourful fresh produce designs.’ As spritz o’clock rolls around, create a drinks station with glassware, barware, drinks and garnishes, or opt for sparkling water with lime for a lighter serve. Choose embossed fruit tumblers, cocktail punch jugs or colour-block goblets to give your ice-cold pour some extra style points. Highball tumblers and limoncello shot glasses join the collection, ready for standout summer sipping. Throws, cushions and garden furniture help create a relaxed outdoor setting, with inviting 162 AUGUST 2026

places to perch and enjoy the weather. Scatter padded seat cushions on the grass for casual seating that brings a pop of colour and pattern. Or add rattan garden bar stools as an easy-going place for drinks and chatting. As the sun sets and the temperature dips, a handy scattering of blankets ensures everyone can stay comfortable and enjoy the summer evening for longer.


OUTDOOR LIVING

The Rise of Luxury Stainless Steel Pools and Moving Pool Floors

L

uxury swimming pools are no longer defined simply by their size. Today’s homeowners are increasingly seeking spaces that combine elegant design, intelligent engineering and flexibility to adapt to different lifestyles. At the same time, architects, developers and contractors are looking for materials and technologies that deliver exceptional performance alongside lasting visual appeal. Stainless steel has become the material of choice for many premium residential pools. Its crisp, contemporary appearance complements both traditional and modern architecture, while its strength, durability and corrosion resistance provide a long-lasting solution that requires minimal maintenance. The precision of factory manufacturing also allows for outstanding levels of finish and bespoke detailing, creating pools that become a true architectural feature within a home. Alongside stainless-steel construction, moving pool floors are transforming how residential pools are used. At the touch of a button, the pool depth can be adjusted to suit different activities, from young children learning to swim to adults exercising or simply relaxing. When fully raised, the floor creates additional usable space for entertainment or events, making it an ideal solution

where flexibility is just as important as luxury. The combination of variable depth and enhanced accessibility also allows families of all ages and abilities to enjoy the water safely, while giving homeowners complete control over how their pool is used throughout the year. For architects and developers, bespoke manufacturing provides the freedom to integrate these systems seamlessly into the overall design, ensuring every detail complements the surrounding property. Careful planning, precision engineering and quality craftsmanship are essential to achieving both exceptional aesthetics and dependable longterm performance. Whether creating a striking new-built pool or transforming an existing space, the right combination of design expertise and specialist manufacturing can deliver an aquatic environment that is beautiful, practical and built to be enjoyed for generations. Wrightfield Pools – Trusted by the trade. Loved by the end user. wrightfieldpools.co.uk Above: Moving pool floor at a private residence in Essex, UK – Image courtesy of Helena Lee Photography Left: Seend Park: Stainless steel pool at private residence, Wiltshire, UK

164 AUGUST 2026


LUXURY OUTDOOR FURNITURE WWW.VIVALAGOON.COM


ART GUIDE

– Stunning art from local, national and international artists – I M A G E : M A R I LY N M O N R O E : A P O R T R A I T


ART

Norma Jeane,1946 by Bruno Bernard

Marilyn Monroe, by Cecil Beaton, bromide print, 1956, Collection National Portrait Gallery

Marilyn Monroe: A Portrait I

Until 6 September 2026, National Portrait Gallery

n celebration of Marilyn Monroe’s 100th birthday and in association with the Marilyn Monroe estate, the National Portrait Gallery presents Marilyn Monroe: A Portrait – a major exhibition celebrating the life and work of one of the most famous women of the 20th century. The exhibition explores the role she played in her own image making and her inspiration on photographers and artists in her lifetime and long after. Born on 1 June 1926, Monroe remains a defining presence in popular culture. From the earliest pin-up photographs made when she was a young model named Norma Jeane, to her last interview for Life Magazine and the poignant final

168 AUGUST 2026

images taken on Santa Monica beach in 1962 - she was one of the most photographed people in the world and fascinated and inspired some of its greatest artists. The exhibition brings together works by Andy Warhol, Pauline Boty, James Gill, Rosalyn Drexler and Audrey Flack, alongside photographs by over 20 era-defining photographers including Cecil Beaton, Philippe Halsman, Bernard of Hollywood, André de Dienes, Eve Arnold, Inge Morath, Alfred Eisenstaedt, Milton Greene, Sam Shaw, Richard Avedon and George Barris. The exhibition also features previously unseen photographs from Life magazine and intimate portraits taken by Allan Grant at Monroe’s Brentwood residence just one day before her


Marilyn Monroe, 1946 by André De Dienes

THE DETAILS Marilyn Monroe: A Portrait is accompanied by a publication with the same title, which includes contributions from Rosie Broadley, Lena Dunham, Sarah Churchwell, Bonnie Greer, Griselda Pollock, Georgia Atienza and Sean Burns, bringing together leading writers, critics and curators to offer fresh, revealing perspectives on the life, image and enduring legacy of Marilyn Monroe. Available in Hardback (£40) and Paperback (£29.95).

Green Marilyn, 1962 by Andy Warhol

Marilyn Monroe ‘Ballerina’ sitting, 1954 by Milton H. Green

Marilyn Monroe: Reflections showcases a number of loved photographs alongside iconic quotes by Monroe and those who knew and admired her including Bonnie Greer, Elton John, and Zadie Smith. Hardback £14.95 Marilyn Monroe: A Portrait: until 6 September 2026

death in August 1962. Grant’s exclusive session, which accompanied her final interview with Life associate editor Richard Meryman, captured 432 images of which only eight were originally published. These dynamic photographs show Monroe reading the transcript of her interview, performing a range of emotions from joy and contentment to quiet reflection. Photographers who worked with Monroe described her as the best subject they had ever had. The exhibition foregrounds Monroe’s collaborative approach to image making and her creative agency; she not only performed, but also directed sessions and claimed the right to veto any images she did not like. The shock of Monroe’s death in 1962 was a catalyst to produce numerous portraits by artists on both sides of the Atlantic. British Pop artist Pauline Boty, a devoted fan, worked through her grief in paintings including The Only Blonde in the World (1963) and Colour Her Gone (1962). In New York, Andy Warhol created his iconic screen prints. Based on a publicity still taken to

promote the film Niagara (1953), Warhol isolated Monroe’s face against a field of gold, enshrining her like a Byzantine saint. In Warhol’s work, Monroe was no longer just a movie star, but the great American icon. James Francis Gill made his triptych Marilyn (1962), while Joseph Cornell assembled delicate memorial boxes dedicated to Monroe. Monroe continues to fascinate artists, drawn to her iconic presence and fascinating life. The exhibition is curated by Rosie Broadley, Joint Head of Curatorial and Senior Curator of 20th Century Collections, and Georgia Atienza, Assistant Curator of Photography. “Marilyn Monroe remains one of the most recognisable people in modern history: a shorthand for glamour, distilled from the films that she appeared in and the wealth of photographs of her, reinforced by the generations of artists she has inspired. We are proud to be staging this exhibition celebrating Marilyn in her centenary year, exploring her extraordinary life and influence as well as her enduring legacy.” Victoria Siddall, Director of the National Portrait Gallery.

Ground Floor exhibition Members go free npg.org.uk National Portrait Gallery, St Martin’s Place, London, WC2H 0HE 0207 306 0055

Marilyn Monroe,1962 by Allan Grant

AUGUST 2026 169


ART

CONTEMPORARY CLASSICISM With a sophisticated signature style of her own, Olivia Collins reimagines the Australian landscape through a distinctly minimalist lens.

O

livia Collins’ work is defined by a quiet confidence—an aesthetic that balances restraint with richness, contemporary minimalism with enduring design principles. Her recent body of work has been described as “rich tapestries of sustainable luxury and elegant aesthetics, ushering in a new age of contemporary classicism, steeped in the raw beauty of the Australian spirit” (Design Authority – Inspired Luxury Living, 2025). At the heart of Collins’ practice is a belief that timeless design transcends trends. Drawing inspiration from the Australian landscape, she distils its vastness, textures and shifting light into refined compositions where proportion, balance,

170 AUGUST 2026

contrast and negative space become the language of contemporary luxury. The result is work that feels both deeply rooted and unmistakably modern. That sense of intention extends beyond the studio. With a Marketing major and Honours in Art History, Collins developed an understanding of not only the principles of visual design, but also the strategic thinking behind enduring creative brands. Every collection reflects a considered philosophy where artistic expression and purposeful design exist in harmony, creating works that are as thoughtful as they are visually compelling. The latest additions to Collins’ resin oeuvre,

Above: The Empress’ & ‘The Magician’ (2026) pictured in situ, are the latest pieces belonging to Olivia’s resin oeuvre. The movement and layering of complementary hues add dimension and depth. Image courtesy of the artist.

Overleaf: Minerva (2025) - in situ - is inspired by abstract aerial photography of Western Australia’s iconic pink beach at Jake’s Point on the Kalbarri Coast.


olivia collins AUSTRALIA

oliviacollinsartist

www.oliviacollins.au

Rhapsody (2026) in situ, 1221 mm x 1528 mm. Image courtesy of the artist.


ART

THE DETAILS Mobile: +61 413 596 480 Website: oliviacollins.au Instagram: @oliviacollinsartist E-mail: olivia@oliviacollins.com.au

The Empress and The Magician (2026), exemplify this approach. Inspired by archetypes found in tarot literature, the paired works explore the complementary forces of creation and transformation. The Empress embodies fertility, creativity and abundance, while The Magician represents wisdom, vision and the power to shape meaningful change. Bold yet refined, the works introduce layered movement through luminous resin, where complementary hues create remarkable depth and fluidity. Installed within a sophisticated contemporary interior, the pairing demonstrates Collins’ understanding that artwork should elevate a space without overwhelming it. Rich Prussian blue, softened by muted neutral tones, creates a visual dialogue with crimson furnishings and natural timber finishes, allowing every carefully selected element within the room the space to breathe. Taking centre stage, Alchemy – signals an evolution in Collins’ artistic language. While many of the artist’s atmospheric paintings such as Minerva (2025) drew inspiration from aerial perspectives of the Australian coastline, Alchemy expands that exploration through greater complexity of colour and composition. The work reveals a sophisticated command of colour theory, rhythm and balance while remaining unmistakably connected to the Australian environment that continues to inspire her. Like many of history’s most influential creatives—from Kandinsky and Rothko to Dior, Iris van Herpen and Le Corbusier—Collins understands colour as more than mere decoration. 172 AUGUST 2026

It has the capacity to shape emotion, define atmosphere and transform the experience of a space. Her carefully considered palettes invite moments of stillness and reflection while enriching contemporary interiors with warmth, elegance and a lasting sense of harmony. Through a practice that bridges fine art, design and the enduring beauty of the Australian landscape, Olivia Collins continues to define her own interpretation of contemporary classicism— creating works that are timeless, distinctive and designed to be lived with for generations. You are invited to find out how an Olivia Collins design can enhance your next project.


is participating in

24 – 27 SEPTEMBER STAND N˚22 info@whitfordfineart.com | www.whitfordfineart.com Whitford Fine Art is representing the Estate of Mildred Bendall, pupil of Henri Matisse, since 1985 Mildred Bendall ‘Nature morte aux poires’, (detail), c.1935


ART

Inspired by Frida Kahlo Sonya Winner Rug Studio presents the Viva Musa collection, inspired by the iconic life and works of Frida Kahlo

S

onya Winner Studio presents Viva Musa, a striking new design collection. Featuring our vibrant and contemporary interpretation of Frida Kahlo - one of the most iconic and influential artists of the 20th century. Known for her powerful self-portraits, this design captures her unmistakable presence and fearless self-expression through bold colour and graphic form. Rendered in Sonya Winner’s signature vibrant style, the design layers geometric stripes and colour blocks to create depth, rhythm and emotional intensity. Frida’s unwavering gaze framed by rich florals and expressive contrasting colours echo her strength, individuality and creative defiance. The result is a contemporary portrait that is both powerful and enduring, alive with colour and character. The Viva Musa Rug is hand-tufted in pure, sustainable New Zealand wool by skilled artisan makers. Carefully considered colour transitions and bold graphic shapes transform the design into art for the floor, created to anchor a space and command attention. As with all Sonya Winner rugs, the emphasis is on craftsmanship, tactility and the expressive power of colour. Complementing the rug, the Viva Musa Wall Hanging brings the design onto the wall as a striking piece of textile art. Its irregular form enhances the sculptural quality of Frida’s floral headdress, allowing the portrait to become a powerful focal point that blurs the boundaries between fine art and textiles. Also launching are Viva Musa soft furnishings,

174 AUGUST 2026

“The Viva Musa Rug is hand-tufted in pure, sustainable New Zealand wool by skilled artisan makers”

including velvet cushions and a woven jacquard blanket. The cushions are available in two sizes and feature a reversible design with contrasting colourways: one side in a deeper navy palette, the other in a brighter teal variation. Made in beautifully soft velvet, they are available with a duck feather inner pad or as covers only. The woven jacquard blanket, adds warmth and texture, designed to bring visual impact a bed, sofa or armchair. Extending the design beyond the home, the Viva Frida iPhone Case transforms an everyday object into a piece of portable art, allowing Frida’s bold presence to be carried wherever you go. The Frida Kahlo-inspired Viva Musa Collection celebrates colour, courage and creative identity, bringing Frida’s bold self-expression into contemporary textiles. Available exclusively from sonyawinner.com and via the Sonya Winner London showroom. Bespoke sizes and colour adjustments are available on request.


KIM FRANCIS SCULPTURE KIM FRANCIS MRSS

SENSUALITY IN STONE returns for its third year to Notting Hill’s JM gallery. For another show stopping exhibition of unique stone sculpture by 4 award winning sculptors. Mel Frazer, Kim Francis and Ana Ruiz Agüí return, joined by guest artist Anthony Turner with an exciting collection of new works for sale. Having met over years of exhibiting together at Onform Sculpture at Asthal Manor, Oxton, these kindred artists create a sensual collection of strength and beauty in this noble material. A feast for collectors, patrons, and discerning art lovers. The show will run from 17th - 22nd September 10am-4pm at JM Gallery 230 Portobello Roa,d London W11 1LJ For Info and contact Instagram: @sensuality_in_stone_london kimfrancis.com


ART

ART MEETS AL FRESCO DINING

T

he John Dyer Gallery is delighted to introduce its new ‘Al Fresco Dining’ collection, a colourful range of artinspired home décor, prints and posters designed to bring creativity, comfort and vibrant colour to outdoor dining and entertaining spaces. This summer, outdoor dining is about more than simply taking a meal into the garden. It is about creating a space that lifts the spirits and encourages conversation. As more people blur the boundary between home and garden, colourful art is becoming an increasingly popular way to extend personal style beyond the back door and create outdoor spaces that are as joyful as the memories made within them. At The John Dyer Gallery, colour has always been at the heart of every collection. With subjects inspired by Cornwall, the British coastline, Provence, Italy and many more of the world’s most beautiful landscapes, there is a collection to complement every outdoor entertaining style. “There is something magical about bringing art outdoors in summer, where it becomes part of long lunches, sea breezes and memorable al fresco dining with family and friends. Our colourful collection of art cushions, framed prints and posters offers an effortless way to transform a patio, balcony or garden into a beautiful outdoor retreat. Layer vibrant cushions across benches and seating, then add framed artwork to sheltered entertaining spaces to surround your table with images that evoke favourite places, treasured memories and inspiring adventures.” As more people blur the boundary between home and garden, colourful art is becoming an increasingly popular way to extend personal style beyond the back door and create outdoor spaces that are as comfortable and stylish as their interiors. This ‘Al Fresco’ collection is designed to help people create colourful outdoor spaces for dining and entertaining. Every design begins as an original painting, bringing the beauty of nature, travel and artistic colour into gardens, patios and balconies, making it easy to enjoy uplifting, art-inspired living throughout the summer. “For us, art celebrates life, colour and nature. We created this collection to help people make outdoor spaces feel joyful and welcoming, where even a few colourful touches can turn any meal into a special occasion.” johndyergallery.com

176 AUGUST 2026


ART

ALISON MCWHIRTER ‘Painting Poetry’ 10 September - 3 October 2026

Where I Live In This Honourable House With The Cherry Tree 100cmx100cm And Touch the golden fields with rosy hue after keats oil on linen 100cmx100cm

Peonies against Palest Mint green

I

t is an honour for Alison McWhirter to present Painting Poetry, a new solo exhibition opening on 10 September running to 3 October 2026 at the prestigious The Russell Gallery in London. McWhirter shares a close and deeply valued bond with the gallery owners. There is an intimate dialogue between painting and poetry within McWhirter’s work. Her richly textured impasto oil paintings are not literal depictions of landscape, flowers or sea, but poetic responses to the emotional resonance of nature itself. Much like poetry, the paintings distil fleeting sensations — shifting light, blossom carried on the

178 AUGUST 2026

wind, and the rhythm of tides along the Solway coast — where she now lives, into moments of quiet contemplation. Living beside the sea in south-west Scotland, and drawing continual inspiration from the flowers and blossom in her own garden, McWhirter paints intuitively, allowing colour, texture and gesture to become a visual language akin to verse. Thick layers of oil paint are applied with immediacy and sensitivity, creating surfaces that possess both physical presence and lyrical delicacy. In works such as ‘Salt Wind, the Sea Repeats and A Pink Shimmer’, luminous bands of colour evoke the atmosphere of coastal light and memory rather than the description of place itself. McWhirter often takes her easel to local beaches around the Solway coast, she painted, ‘Blue tide dreaming inside a quiet white moon’ midsummer at Mossyard. Poetry has always been central to McWhirter’s creative life. A passionate reader of verse, she finds particular affinity with Japanese haiku, the work of Matsuo Bashō and the confessional poetry of

ALISON MCWHIRTER ‘Painting Poetry’ 10 September - 3 October 2026 The Russell Gallery 12 Lower Richmond Road SW15 1JP Open Tuesday -Saturday 10am 5:30pm 0208 780 5228 russgallery@aol.com russell-gallery.com


Anne Sexton. Many of her abstract titles emerge directly from this influence, offering fragments of thought and sensation that extend the emotional life of each painting. This literary influence is reflected in ‘Where I Live in This Honourable House of the Cherry Tree,’ a title that alludes to Anne Sexton’s poem ‘Where I Live in This Honourable House of the Laurel Tree’, a work McWhirter greatly admires. In her own interpretation, the laurel tree is transformed into a cherry tree, inspired by the magnificent mature cherry tree that stands in her garden and has long been a source of joy, comfort and inspiration. A constant and cherished presence throughout the changing seasons, the tree has become a deeply personal symbol of beauty, renewal, memory and belonging. Through this subtle homage to Sexton,

Blue Tide Dreaming Inside A Quiet White Moon30cm Diameter

Sweet Peas in Warm Pink 60cmx60cm

McWhirter brings together literary influence and lived experience, allowing poetry and painting to meet in a profoundly personal way. In ‘Painting Poetry’, McWhirter reveals painting itself as a form of visual poetry — where colour replaces words and nature becomes a deeply felt, meditative experience. Sea View Solway Coastline 100cmx100cm

AUGUST 2026 179


ART

British Art Fair 2026 Modern and Contemporary British Art. 24-27 September 2026, Saatchi Gallery

B

ritish Art Fair has unveiled a first glimpse of the exceptional works set to go on view at Saatchi Gallery this September. As the UK’s only fair dedicated exclusively to Modern and Contemporary British art, British Art Fair is a trusted destination for collectors, curators and first-time buyers alike. It is a key event in the art world calendar, attracting over 12,000 visitors annually. Elegantly staged throughout three floors within the iconic Saatchi Gallery in the heart of Chelsea, British Art Fair brings together leading specialist dealers, exceptional works across a wide range of price points and a setting that makes discovering and collecting art feel informed and rewarding. The Fair offers visitors the opportunity to collect paintings, drawings, sculpture, photography, prints, and ceramics from Britain’s most celebrated artists, alongside a curated programme of events

180 AUGUST 2026

and conversations. This year’s edition spans twentieth century masters and significant contemporary voices, with works by artists including Frank Auerbach, John Craxton, Mary Fedden, Howard Hodgkin, Tracey Emin, Terry Frost, Barbara Hepworth, Damien Hirst, Ivon Hitchens, David Hockney, Albert Irvin, Gwen John, L.S. Lowry, Henry Moore, Paula Rego, Bridget Riley, and Stanley Spencer.

“More than a marketplace, the Fair offers a compelling perspective on the enduring relevance of British art today”

THE DETAILS For more information regarding British Art Fair, please visit britishartfair.co.uk Saatchi Gallery, Duke of York Square, King’s Road, London SW3 4RY Instagram/Facebook: @britishartfair

Top left: L.S Lowry, Sunday Morning. Courtesy of Crane Kalman Top right: William Scott, The Birdcage. Courtesy of Gwen Hughes Fine Art

Much of the work is privately sourced and fresh to the market and dealers keep work back for the fair. The result is a boutique event of the highest quality. More than a marketplace, the Fair offers a compelling perspective on the enduring relevance of British art today, placing the country’s modern pioneers in dialogue with leading contemporary artists. Alongside the main fair, visitors can explore: Spotlight: Contemporary; Spotlight: Digitalism; ‘Born To’, a curated exhibition examining creativity in mid and later life; and a special 20th anniversary presentation by charity partner Outside In, celebrating artists working beyond traditional routes into the art world.

Below: Mary Fedden, Still Life in Spain. Courtesy of Portland Gallery Left: Winifred Nicholson, Hotel Tour Blanche. Courtesy of Crane Kalman


ART

Saatchi Gallery Announces

THE SUN AND THE MOON: ART INSPIRED BY THE CELESTIAL

T

his summer, Saatchi Gallery presents a major exhibition exploring how the two most powerful and enduring phenomena in the sky have inspired creativity, curiosity and belief throughout human history and across different cultures. Occupying two floors and spanning nine major gallery spaces, the exhibition presents artworks, installations and archival material exploring how the Sun and the Moon have shaped art, science, belief and imagination across cultures and over centuries. The exhibition follows FLOWERS – Flora in Contemporary Art and Culture (2025) as the second in a series of exhibitions surveying how the natural world inspires creativity across art and culture. Drawing on themes connected to the patterns of nature, The Sun and The Moon invites visitors to consider familiar symbols in unexpected ways. Each gallery reflects on a period of the day and explores different stories associated with the Sun and the Moon. Themes explored include mythology, ritual, timekeeping lunar exploration and spirituality, revealing how these celestial bodies shape our daily lives and culture. Immersive installations include Massless Suns and Dark Suns by the international art collective teamLab. At the centre of the exhibition visitors encounter Helios, a monumental six-metre sculpture of the Sun by artist Luke Jerram. The internally illuminated spherical installation features detailed imagery of the Sun’s surface compiled from photographs by astrophotographer Dr Stuart Green and NASA observations, with guidance

182 AUGUST 2026

Until 8 September 2026

from solar scientist Professor Lucie Green of University College London. Presented at an approximate scale of 1:230 million – where each centimetre represents around 2,300 kilometres of the Sun’s surface – the work allows visitors to safely experience the extraordinary texture of our nearest star, revealing sunspots, spicules and vast solar filaments in remarkable detail Combining solar imagery, subtle lighting and an immersive sound composition by Duncan Speakman and Sarah Anderson, Helios offers a powerful encounter with the celestial body that sustains life on Earth while reflecting on the Sun’s enduring presence in culture, mythology, and human imagination. The Sun and The Moon showcases works by both established and emerging artists across a wide range of media including painting, sculpture, fashion, textiles, photography, film and installations. Saatchi Gallery Lates will take place on 19 June, 24 July, 21 August, 4 September, featuring drawing classes, workshops, and creative activations. Tickets from £13 are available to book online at saatchigallery.com

Clockwise from top left: Jai Khanna, Radha and the Moon, 2023. Courtesy of the artist; Margo Selby, Moon Landing, 2024. Installation image at Somerset House’s Stamp Stairwell. Courtesy of the artist; Luke Jerram, Helios at Bath Assembly Rooms, 2025. National Trust Images copyright Luke Jerram Photography by James Dobson; Joseph Wright of Derby, Snowdon by Moonlight, 1792. Courtesy of The Victoria Gallery and Museum, University of Liverpool


My landscapes and wildlife art are inspired by my home in the Bitterroot valley of Montana and travels in the West, particularly Yellowstone National Park.

PAM LITTLE

P.o. Box 1886, Hamilton, MT 59840 www.fineartamerica.com/profiles/pam-little

EKATERINA STOLYAROVA E C O - A R T I S T | R E S E A R C H E R | C U LT U R A L L E A D E R

Ekaterina Stolyarova is a contemporary eco-artist whose work explores the fragile beauty of nature through natural pigments and water. Her art reflects the delicate balance between humanity and the environment, inviting viewers to reconnect with the Earth. Her artworks are held in private collections across the US, UK, Switzerland, Germany, France, and Russia. SELECTED ACHIEVEMENTS • Artist of the Month – Long Island Museum, NY (2026) • Featured by Museum of Russian Art, Jersey City • Exhibited at Art Basel Miami Week, Art Expo New York, Hamptons Fine Art Fair, LA Art Show, Art International Zurich • Published in British Vogue and House & Garden • Scientific research on natural pigments – Columbia University • Founder & Chair of the International Eco-Art Award

artist@stolyarovaekaterina.com @art_ekaterinas www.stolyarovaekaterina.com

“Through natural pigments and water, I reveal the quiet poetry of the Earth.”


ART

Banksy Limitless: Reframed Now re-opened.

A

fter welcoming more than 130,000 visitors to the groundbreaking experience since its opening in September 2025 and a refresh last month, Banksy Limitless London unveils an exciting array of new discoveries - showcasing more original Banksy artworks, a larger exhibition area, new murals and sculptures and immersive installations. Now, featuring more than 280 works by Banksy, up from the original offering of over 250, the refreshed showcase introduces additional pieces and unique new content, making it the most comprehensive iteration to date. The enhanced exhibition spans certified originals, rare prints, large-scale installations, sculpture, photography, and immersive digital environments - offering an even more engaging journey through Banksy’s world. The reimagined presentation deepens the experience, giving visitors greater insight into the scale, wit, and political resonance that define his work - delivering more than ever before, without any price increase. New installations and pieces include the original mural Love Plane, first spray painted in 2011 by Banksy onto the side of Norwich House in Liverpool, which was then rescued and restored by professionals over two years. Very Little Helps Test Print, Life Boat Poster and features brand new and exciting immersive installations, including 184 AUGUST 2026

an expanded Dismaland gallery, a new immersive audio-visual experience, and a newly built space for even more Banksy UK artworks. In addition, the exhibition will feature certified prints, including Flower Thrower and Kissing Coppers, large-scale sculptural works such as Phone Booth. Located in South Kensington’s Sussex Mansions, Banksy Limitless London has quickly established itself as one of London’s most talked-about cultural destinations, attracting art lovers and culture seekers alike. The reframed edition builds on the momentum of its opening run, deepening the experience with new elements and reaffirming Banksy Limitless Reframed as the standout moment on the capital’s cultural calendar. The London edition marks a significant cultural moment. While Banksy’s roots lie in Bristol, London has long played a central role in shaping his global profile, making this exhibition feel like a full-circle return. Those who have previously purchased tickets for the exhibition will also be entitled to 30% off if they return to enjoy the expanded exhibition. banksylimitless.com/london Banksy Limitless London 79 - 85 Old Brompton Road, SW7 3LD (Sussex Mansions)

Top: Banksy Limitless - UK Room Above: Very Little Helps Below, left: Life Boat Poster


Diptych | Oil on Canvas | Black Box-Framed | 70 x 120 cm each

Fine Art

Martina Rohr Permutations is my latest series of 8 oil paintings exploring the interrelationship of three-dimensional objects. I am creating an arena for these geometrical shapes to open the viewer’s eyes to hidden and obscure pathways and planes that are echoing off one another through changes of light and colour. The objects bounce off each other creating delicate shadows suggesting movement and a world beyond. Rest and let your inner eye wander, experiencing the light emanating from within. Browse oil paintings and ink drawings at martinarohr.com and Instagram @rohrmakesart


ART

Monumental Nature: K

Largest-ever outdoor exhibition of Henry Moore works arrives at Kew Gardens Until Sunday 31 January 2027, Kew Gardens

ew Gardens is showcasing a oncein-a-generation presentation of artworks by Henry Moore - one of the most influential and internationally recognised artists of the 20th century. Monumental Nature represents the largest and most comprehensive showcase of Moore’s work to date, featuring 30 works across Kew’s entire 320acre UNESCO World Heritage Site - and inside the iconic Temperate House, the largest surviving Victorian glasshouse in the world. The largest outdoor exhibition of its kind anywhere in the world, offers a fresh perspective on his lifelong engagement with natural forms and materials, creating new opportunities for visitors to encounter his monumental sculptures alongside Kew’s iconic vistas and historic glasshouses. Double Oval 1966. Photo Jonty Wilde

Locking Piece 1962-63. Photo Sarah Mercer

Throughout Moore’s career, this connection to nature remained a constant theme, reflected in his ability to transform its complexity and beauty into abstract forms that feel profoundly human. Moore believed that landscapes provided the perfect setting for his sculptures, where the natural architecture of the environment could amplify their visual and emotional impact. Situating this remarkable body of work 186 AUGUST 2026

amongst Kew’s heritage landscapes and living collections, the exhibition celebrates a connection to ecology, creating a unique interplay between art and the surrounding landscape. Throughout the run, visitors are encouraged to reflect on how they perceive and interact with the natural world. Works on display includes Large Two Forms, Sheep Piece, Large Reclining Figure, Oval with Points, Reclining Woman: Elbow, Locking Piece and Three-Piece Sculpture: Vertebrae. Alongside the works across the Gardens, visitors will also be able to enjoy a comprehensive exhibition in Kew’s Shirley Sherwood Gallery of Botanical Art, featuring over 90 works including bronzes, stone and wood carvings, prints and drawings, exploring Moore’s unique process of ‘thinking through nature’. In addition to the daytime exhibition, several exciting after-hours events see the Temperate House transformed as dusk falls. Running on Friday 26th and Saturday 27th June, and Friday 3rd and Saturday 4th July, these adult-only evenings will celebrate the summer solstice, through performances and artistic encounters across the glasshouse, co-curated with the Working Class Creatives Database. This new exhibition is presented in partnership with the Henry Moore Foundation. The exhibition is included in a ticket to Kew Gardens via kew.org

Henry Moore carving Reclining Figure 1959-64 in elm wood. Photo Errol Jackson

Oval with Points 1968-70. Photo Joe Kitchen.JPG


‘View To the Jetty’ Oil, Pigment & 24ct Gold Leaf on Linen

ANGELA MURRAY, Founder of Quote & Curate Fine Art and Artist In Residence, Design Centre Chelsea Harbour Quote & Curate Fine Art Design Centre East Chelsea Harbour SW10 0XF am@quoteandcurate.com @quoteandcurate 07923 123348


‘REVIVAL OF THE FITTEST’ Fairey Marine’s ‘Huntress 20’ the latest addition to our range of bespoke motor yachts.

‘SABRE’ Timeless looks and superb performance Fairey Marine, Unit 7, Lycroft Farm Business Park, Park Lane, Swanmore, Southampton SO32 2QQ 01489 809222 | Info@faireymarine.com


LUXURY

TRAVEL – Heading out of London to explore the rest of the world – I M AG E : T R A I L F I N D E R S


TRAVEL

The easiest way to fly in privacy

B

ookajet is a privately owned British aviation company headquartered at Farnborough Airport, delivering exceptional private aviation services since 1997. With decades of industry experience, their knowledgeable and dedicated team specialises in providing fully tailored solutions designed to meet the unique needs of every client. Whether you require bespoke aircraft charter, access to their flexible JetBlack hours programme, or expert support with aircraft sales and management, Bookajet ensure a personalised and professional experience from start to finish. Their approach is centred around precision, discretion, and meticulous attention to detail. They understand that private aviation is not just about reaching a destination - it’s about the quality, comfort, and efficiency of the journey itself. That’s why they take the time to fully understand your preferences, schedules, and expectations, allowing them to deliver a seamless and highly efficient service every time you fly with them. From selecting the most suitable aircraft to coordinating every aspect of your itinerary, the Bookajet team works tirelessly behind the scenes to ensure everything runs smoothly and exceeds expectations. From Miami to Milan, Tokyo to Toronto or London to Los Angeles, Bookajet arrange private jet flights worldwide; from anywhere to anywhere. Their flexible solutions are designed to adapt

190 AUGUST 2026

“Their approach is centred around precision, discretion, and meticulous attention to detail. They understand that private aviation is not just about reaching a destination - it’s about the quality, comfort, and efficiency of the journey itself”

to your lifestyle or business demands, offering convenience without compromise. Safety, reliability, and trust remain at the core of everything they do. At the same time, their flexible solutions are designed to adapt to your lifestyle or business demands, offering convenience without compromise and the ability to travel on your terms. At Bookajet, they believe that private aviation should be straightforward, stress-free, and genuinely enjoyable. By managing all logistics and finer details with precision and care, they allow you to focus on what truly matters - whether that’s relaxing, staying productive, or simply enjoying an exceptional flying experience tailored entirely to you. For more information, visit bookajet.com


TRAVEL

A Love Letter to Sicily Some journeys are planned. Others change the course of a life.

W

hen Christina Bächle arrived in Sicily in 2004, she believed she was discovering a Mediterranean destination. Instead, she found something profound. It wasn’t coastline, ancient ruins or summer skies that captivated her. It was the unmistakable spirit of Sicily itself. She discovered an island where strangers become friends before the coffee has grown cold. Where conversations are never hurried. Where Sunday lunch is still sacred. Where every village has its own story, every family its own traditions, and every sunset reminds you life’s greatest luxuries are often the simplest. She returned home carrying more than photographs. She carried a dream. That dream became Sicily4U. What began with a selected collection of apartments in Sicily’s historic centres evolved over two decades into one of the island’s respected specialists in luxury villas. Yet while the portfolio has grown, the heart behind Sicily4U has never changed. It has never been about renting homes. It has always been about introducing people to the Sicily that Christina herself fell in love with. A Sicily where mornings begin with warm pastries from the local bakery. Where winemakers proudly share stories passed through generations. Where fishermen greet the sunrise, families gather around tables for hours, and hidden beaches 192 AUGUST 2026

Telephone (UK): +44 (0)20 3868 6514 WhatsApp: +41 76 507 1444 Email: info@sicily4u.co.uk Website (UK): sicily4u.co.uk

remain treasured secrets. Today, every villa is chosen not only for its beauty and location, but for the memories it helps create. The team understands travelling abroad can feel overwhelming, which is why every journey is supported with local knowledge, guidance and personal service from the moment a holiday begins until it ends. Because true luxury is not measured by marble floors, infinity pools or breathtaking views. True luxury is arriving as a visitor and leaving with the feeling that a small part of your heart belongs there. More than two decades after one remarkable journey, Christina’s dream remains unchanged: to ensure every traveller experiences not just the beauty of Sicily, but its soul. And perhaps that is why so many guests return. Not simply to visit Sicily again. But to come home.


There is a particular quality to the light on the Feneos Plateau. Thin, golden, and utterly still, and different with every season it touches. Two and a half hours from Athens, and a world away from anywhere else, Hermea sits among stone terraces and a heated pool that steams gently against the cold, gardens that shift from wildflower green to frost-silvered white as the year turns.

“Not a hotel. Not quite a private home. Something rarer. A philosophy we call Private Hotel Living.” Hermea Grand Mountain Villa & Spa is one of Greece’s most quietly distinctive addresses: a 700-square-metre estate given over entirely to its guests, where six master suites, a private cinema, wine cellar, wellness heated indoor pool and fire pit sit inside architecture built to disappear into the mountains around it. Natural stone, bespoke joinery, and a restraint that reads as confidence rather than absence. The kind of design that earned Hermea recognition at the Elite Awards 2025 in Capri Italy.

Steno, Corinthia 20014 Peloponnese, Hellas reservations@hermea.gr • Mob./ WhatsApp +30 694 617 1111


HERMEA GRAND MOUNTAIN VILLA & SPA A Year-Round Luxury Escape in the Heart of the Peloponnese

A VILLA, CURATED AROUND YOU At Hermea, nothing is fixed but the quality. Every stay is built from scratch around the group in residence. Private chefs, wellness rituals, wine tastings, wilderness, with the privacy of a family home and the precision of a five-star team behind it.

Signature Experiences • Private wine tastings in the vineyards of Nemea • Kayaking and hydrobiking on Lake Doxa • Farm-to-table dinners with a private chef • Live piano evenings, arranged in the villa’s entertaining spaces • Mushroom foraging and forest walks in autumn • Stargazing beneath some of Greece’s clearest skies • Fireside evenings and nearby skiing in winter

Hermea Grand Mountain Villa & Spa. Up to 19 guests. Six suites. One estate, entirely yours.

A Destination for Every Season Most mountain retreats have a season. Hermea has four. Spring turns the plateau wild with colour. Hiking trails threaded with wildflowers, mornings crisp enough for coffee on the terrace. Summer offers what the coast cannot: cool mountain air, shaded gardens, Lake Doxa a short drive away. Autumn brings gold to the hills, mushroom foraging in the forest, and the year’s best light for the vineyards of Nemea. Winter transforms the estate entirely — snow on the peaks, skiing nearby, fires lit each evening. Four distinct villas, in effect, inside one address, each with its own light, its own rituals, its own reason to return.

Steno, Corinthia 20014 Peloponnese, Hellas reservations@hermea.gr • Mob./ WhatsApp +30 694 617 1111


TRAVEL TRAVEL

Seychelles Ascendant: The New Era of Ultra-Luxury in the Indian Ocean

F

rom couture-branded resorts to reimagined private islands, the Seychelles is redefining high-end travel for 2026 – where scarcity, design and total seclusion are the ultimate currencies. The Seychelles has long occupied a rarefied place in the luxury travel landscape, but a new wave of openings and reinventions is pushing the archipelago into an even more exclusive realm. For 2026, the narrative is no longer about idyllic beaches alone, but about access to highly controlled, design-led environments where privacy, sustainability and brand pedigree converge. For high-net-worth travellers, the message is clear: book early, or risk missing out. Leading the charge is Cheval Blanc Seychelles, the LVMH-backed property on Mahé that has swiftly become the destination’s most talkedabout arrival. Here, the brand’s couture sensibility translates into expansive private villas, immaculate service and a culinary offering that rivals standalone fine-dining destinations. It signals a shift in the Seychelles’ positioning – away from traditional resort luxury and toward a more curated, fashion-house approach to hospitality. Equally significant is the much-anticipated reopening of Fregate Private Island, set for late 2026. Long regarded as one of the most exclusive island escapes in the world, its relaunch

196 AUGUST 2026

follows a comprehensive, conservation-driven redevelopment. The result will be fewer residences, greater space and a renewed emphasis on ecological stewardship – an increasingly critical factor for today’s affluent traveller. This emphasis on privacy is shaping the entire destination. Across the islands, the most desirable stays are no longer rooms or suites, but fully serviced villas and standalone residences. At Four Seasons Resort Seychelles at Desroches Island, the introduction of an expansive multi-bedroom villa

“The most desirable stays are no longer rooms or suites, but fully serviced villas and standalone residences”


TRAVEL

Four Seasons Resort Seychelles at Desroches Island

reflects growing demand from multi-generational groups seeking complete seclusion without compromising on service. Similarly, outer-island retreats such as Alphonse Island are gaining traction for their blend of barefoot luxury and environmental integrity, offering experiences that feel both remote and deeply intentional. Established names like Six Senses Zil Pasyon and North Island continue to set the benchmark for this model of ultra-private hospitality. These properties function less like hotels and more like self-contained worlds, where helicopter arrivals, dedicated villa teams and highly personalised itineraries are the norm. The forthcoming Meliá Seafront Mahé Island further underscores the strength of the luxury pipeline, bringing another global brand into the fold and expanding the island’s high-end offering. Alongside accommodation, gastronomy has become a defining feature of the Seychelles’ evolution. Dining is no longer an ancillary experience but a central pillar of the luxury proposition. At Cheval Blanc, multiple restaurants – including a refined Japanese concept – demonstrate a clear ambition to attract discerning diners in their own right. Elsewhere, private chefs and bespoke menus are increasingly standard, with an emphasis on hyper-local ingredients sourced from island farms and surrounding waters. This convergence of design, dining and discretion reflects broader shifts in high-end travel. Privacy has become paramount, with travellers 198 AUGUST 2026

seeking environments that feel both exclusive and insulated. At the same time, sustainability is no longer optional; conservation-led development is now integral to a property’s appeal. The Seychelles, with its natural biodiversity and limited development footprint, is uniquely positioned to meet both demands. The result is a destination defined as much by scarcity as by beauty. With limited inventory, particularly on private islands and in high-end villa categories, availability is tightening across peak periods. Festive bookings and shoulder seasons alike are increasingly competitive, with many of the most sought-after properties filling well in advance. For those planning travel over the next 12 to 18 months, prioritising newly opened or relaunched properties is essential. Cheval Blanc and the reimagined Fregate Private Island will command significant attention, while established resorts offering large private villas remain a reliable choice for groups. Outer-island experiences, from Desroches to Alphonse, provide an added layer of exclusivity for those willing to venture further afield. In this new era, the Seychelles is less about discovery and more about access. Its appeal lies not simply in its landscapes, but in the ability to experience them in near-total privacy. For a discerning clientele, that distinction makes all the difference – and ensures the islands remain firmly at the pinnacle of global luxury travel.

Cheval Blanc, Seychellses

Six Senses Zil Pasyon


Owning a yacht is about freedom, the freedom to travel further, explore quietly and enjoy time on the water without compromise. Since 2015, Go Earth Boating has helped clients turn that ambition into reality. Our focus is simple: securing the right yacht at the right price and under the right terms, while saving you time, reducing risk and removing unnecessary hassle. We use advanced software to assist buyers We work exclusively for yacht buyers, never sellers. Acting as an independent advocate, Go Earth Boating sources and shortlists yachts worldwide, provides detailed search reports, negotiates on behalf of clients, and coordinates surveys, transport and logistics. Every stage of the acquisition is handled with discretion, professionalism and clarity. For those seeking confidence and expert guidance when purchasing a yacht, Go Earth Boating provides independent representation and a smooth, well-managed buying experience. We handle negotiations on your behalf, and we also support you with any regulatory requirements. www.boatsearch.earth | sales@boatsearch.earth | 03333 05 84 24 (24/7)

Escape and Relax on the French Riviera Between Nice and Monaco The ideal place to get away from it all

Les Terrasses d’Eze – Hôtel & Spa | 1138 route de la Turbie | 06360 EZE | FRANCE +33 (0)4 93 29 80 68 | www.hotel-terrasses-deze.com


TRAVEL

MALDIVIAN PARADISES WITH FOUR SEASONS

Four Seasons Resort Maldives at Kuda Huraa A colourful garden island infused with Maldivian warmth, Four Seasons Resort Maldives at Kuda Huraa blends superb facilities with the charm of a traditional village. Lush pathways lead to thatched pavilions and villas, each with private pool, creating a sense of secluded luxury. The resort’s soul lies at ŪRJĀ Naturopathy Island – a deeper vision of wellbeing that balances naturopathic principles with scientific expertise for meaningful restoration. Dining is atmospheric and varied, with four restaurants and two bars serving global flavours shaped by local influences. Baraabaru serves homestyle Indian cuisine on a torchlit deck above the water, while Reef Club offers Italian elegance by the lagoon. At dusk, Sunset Lounge becomes the resort’s social heart for cocktails. Close to Malé, Kuda Huraa suits quick escapes or longer stays, with a 35-minute seaplane to its sister island for a twin-centre experience. This summer, both resorts will also host the inaugural Four Seasons Maldives Summer Camp: a daily-changing programme of complimentary coaching, workshops and immersive activities led by global icons in surfing, mixed martial arts and conservation.

200 AUGUST 2026

“Marine life thrives around Landaa Giraavaru, with opportunities to encounter manta rays, join turtle rehabilitation or relax on powder-soft beaches”

Four Seasons Resort Maldives at Landaa Giraavaru Set within the UNESCO Biosphere Reserve of Baa Atoll, Four Seasons Resort Maldives at Landaa Giraavaru presents a striking natural sanctuary of turquoise lagoon, lush jungle and white sand. Exceptional service meets a focus on wellness, conservation and barefoot luxury. Its 103 beach and overwater villas, designed in contemporary Maldivian style, feature private pools, expansive indoor-outdoor living and seamless immersion in the surrounding seascape. Culinary experiences are diverse and refined, with four restaurants and four bars showcasing global creativity. Among them, the atmospheric Al Barakat – an overwater restaurant illuminated by hundreds of lanterns – serves soulful Moroccan, Lebanese and Armenian dishes in one of the Maldives’ most enchanting settings. Marine life thrives around Landaa Giraavaru, with opportunities to encounter manta rays, join turtle rehabilitation or relax on powder-soft beaches. Paired with Kuda Huraa via seaplane, the island will also host the inaugural Four Seasons Summer Camp this year: a daily-changing programme of complimentary coaching, workshops and immersive activities led by global icons in football, conservation, and mixed martial arts. Speak to one of Trailfinders’ expert travel consultants today and tailormake your dream Maldives getaway with complete peace of mind. 020 7795 4551


Hvar’s leading luxury travel experts since 2002. villashvar.com


TRAVEL

Pella

EXPLORE IOWA, USA Iowa city

Field of Dreams. Dyersville

E

scape the ordinary and uncover the hidden gems of Iowa, where vibrant city scenes meet breathtaking natural beauty. Whether you are seeking a relaxing retreat or an action-packed adventure, Iowa offers the perfect blend of Midwestern charm and modern excitement. Wander through the historic, cobblestone streets of the Amana Colonies, kayak along the scenic Upper Iowa River, or immerse yourself in the bustling art and culinary culture of downtown Des Moines. From world-class music festivals and local vineyards to iconic landmarks like the Field of Dreams, every corner of the state invites you to create unforgettable memories. Experience the warmth of genuine hospitality, indulge in farm-to-table dining, and let Iowa’s stunning rolling hills capture your heart. The Ultimate Freedom: Discovering Iowa on an Americana Self-Drive Holiday… There is no better way to experience the beating heart of the United States than behind the wheel

202 AUGUST 2026

IOWA PACKAGE of a car, watching the landscape unfold along legendary highways. An Iowa self-drive holiday offers the quintessential American road trip, where wide-open skies meet rolling hills, historic river towns, and unexpected cultural marvels. By charting your own course across the Hawkeye State, you gain the absolute freedom to pause at iconic landmarks, explore dramatic landscapes, and uncover a world of vibrant midwestern charm entirely at your own pace. Your journey begins along the majestic eastern border, where the Great River Road National Scenic Byway hugs the sweeping curves of the Mississippi River. Make your first stop in historic Dubuque, Iowa’s oldest city. Here, you can ride the Fenelon Place Elevator, celebrated as the

Purely America offers a 7-night “Inviting Iowa” self-drive tour starting from just £1,199 per person including flights, hotels and car hire. For more information on Iowa, please scan the QR code below


Upper Iowa River Decorah

TRAVELLING TO IOWA

world’s steepest and shortest scenic railway, to capture panoramic views spanning three states. Just down the road, immerse yourself in aquatic history at the National Mississippi River Museum & Aquarium. Movie buffs and dreamers will want to detour slightly inland to Dyersville to step onto the pristine diamonds of the legendary Field of Dreams Movie Site. For an outdoor thrill, navigate your vehicle toward the subterranean wonders of Maquoketa Caves State Park, where rugged limestone trails beckon. Driving deeper into Capital Country, you will find a spectacular blend of urban energy and rural heritage. Explore the timeless Amana Colonies, a cluster of seven historic villages renowned for authentic German food, artisanal heritage, and local wineries. From there, set your sights on Des Moines, the state’s thriving capital. Wander U.S. Space &the Rocket Center, Huntsville through open-air Pappajohn Sculpture Park downtown, admire the gleaming dome of the State Capitol Building, and dine in the trendy East

Village. A short drive south leads to Winterset, where you can cross the romantic, covered bridges made famous by the book and film The Bridges of Madison County, and tour the birthplace of Hollywood legend John Wayne. As you push westward, the landscape shifts into the rare, dramatic formations of the Loess hills National Scenic Byway, a geological marvel found in only two places on Earth. Conclude your epic circuit by heading north to the sparkling blue waters of Lake Okoboji, a premier resort destination perfect for a relaxing waterfront finale. From the timeless charm of historic towns to the vibrant energy of the capital city, this is the journey where spectacular landscapes meet genuine midwestern hospitality. Every mile through Iowa uncovers a new story, a hidden gem, or a lifelong memory just waiting to be made. Book your Iowa holiday with Purely America and discover a destination that feels both beautifully nostalgic and thrillingly new.

Des Moines

National Balloon Classic Indianola

Getting there from the UK is remarkably straightforward, starting with a smooth transatlantic flight from the major UK hubs. After a quick, seamless connection through convenient US gateways, you will touch down in Iowa ready to explore. Whether you want to drive through rolling scenic hills, experience vibrant city festivals, or relax by pristine lakes, this Midwestern gem is easily accessible. Say goodbye to complicated travel plans and hello to effortless charm - your unforgettable holiday to Iowa is just a simple call away! Purely America is a fully ATOL bonded specialist tour operator to Iowa and the USA. With competitive airfares, car hire, pre-planned but flexible self-drive tours, rail tours, escorted coach tours, city, spa & golf breaks and hundreds of hotels to suit every budget, no other UK tour operator offers you a wider choice of holiday options to the USA. Call us today on 0844 80 444 80 and speak with one of our knowledgeable travel experts who have been to Iowa, let us inspire you and help plan your holiday to this most beautiful state. PurelyAmerica.co.uk Follow us on Instagram for travel inspiration, offers and competitions @purelytravel

AUGUST 2026 203


TRAVEL

Panama City Beach, Florida Snorkelling at Shell Island

Pier Park

PANAMA CITY BEACH PACKAGES

I

magine 27 miles of glorious Florida white sand beachfront along the turquoise waters of the Florida Gulf with average year-round temperatures of 23 degrees and 320 days of sunshine annually, waterfront restaurants that serve up fresh local seafood, beachfront hotel’s, legendary attractions and a beautiful sunset to finish your day with a cocktail in hand – this is Panama City Beach. Panama City Beach, Florida has been named the top 3 beach in the United States by TripAdvisor, it’s where the real fun begins with a wide array of beach and water activities along the scenic coastline, stretching all the way to the picturesque Shell Island. Hit the sandy shore year-round and experience true Gulf Coast livin’ as you sunbathe or build sandcastles along the resort-lined coast. Try kayaking, paddleboarding, jet skiing, or diving, and while you’re at it, you may come across local wildlife, like bottlenose dolphins. Explore the waterways on a charter boat and explore the untouched beauty of Shell Island, known for its white sandy beaches and crystal-clear waters.

204 AUGUST 2026

It will be hard to leave the beach, but beyond the beautiful beaches, Panama City Beach offers a variety of attractions to cater to everyone in the family. You’ll find indoor and outdoor amusement centres, exciting events, and plenty of outdoor adventures to enjoy together - go hiking, biking, and wildlife watching at local and state parks, where you can also indulge in water activities like snorkelling and paddleboarding. Day or night, there’s fun to be had in Panama City Beach. During the day, hit the town for a shopping trip at Pier Park or follow along with the Decor By The Shore trail featuring 15 shops and boutiques. Beach bars and live music venues make up the nightlife scene, happy hour and a sunset cannon ritual await at Schooners Last Local Beach Club or check out Tootsie’s Orchid Lounge, a renowned honky-tonk venue with two stages featuring live country music. The nightlife scene isn’t just for adults, the whole family can enjoy day/night hotspots like Dave and Buster’s and The Grand Theatre with IMAX at Pier Park, home to restaurants, bars, and shops. . Dolly Parton’s

Purely America offers a 7-night holiday to Panama City Beach tour starting from just £1,199 per person including flights, hotel and car hire. Or a 14-night twin-centre holiday to Panama City Beach & Orlando tour starting from just £1,749 per person including flights, 7 nights hotel in Panama City Beach, 7 nights hotel in Orlando and car hire.


TRAVELLING TO PANAMA CITY BEACH

Panama City Beach

Pirates Voyage Dinner and Show is a great family attraction featuring a 15-foot indoor lagoon where performers battle on massive pirate ships amidst acrobatics and original music by Dolly herself. And depending on when you visit, there may be an event to check out, like the Seabreeze Jazz Festival or the Gulf Coast Jam. Panama City Beach boasts an array of beachfront restaurants and dinner cruises that promise unforgettable dining experiences. Enjoy fresh seafood and Gulf views at popular spots where the food is as spectacular as the scenery. Enjoy a gourmet meal while you sail along the picturesque waters, taking in breathtaking sunsets and the possibility of encountering playful dolphins. It’s the perfect way to combine exquisite cuisine with the beauty of the Gulf, creating unforgettable moments in Panama City Beach. When you need to sleep Panama City Beach has every option covered whatever type of Panama City Beach beachfront

accommodations, budget or amenities you’re looking for — maybe it’s a private house with beach access, a budget friendly condo or a luxurious beachfront hotel, you will find it all in Panama City Beach. With its combination of natural beauty, stunning beaches, diverse experiences and laid-back charm, Panama City Beach stands out as a destination that delivers everything you need from your welldeserved holiday.

Reaching Panama City Beach is easy from the UK, arrive into Northwest Florida Beaches International Airport via Atlanta, from the airport you are just a transfer away to Panama City Beach. From Orlando, Panama City Beach can be reached by car and is the perfect beach option after a week exploring the theme parks. For more information on Panama City Beach please scan the QR code below

Margaritaville Beach Cottage Resort Panama City Beach

Purely America is a fully ATOL bonded specialist tour operator to Panama City Beach, Florida and the rest of the USA. With competitive airfares, car hire, pre-planned but flexible self-drive tours, rail tours, escorted coach tours, city, spa & golf breaks and hundreds of hotels to suit every budget, Purely America offers you a flexible and wide choice of holiday options to the USA. Call us today on 0844 80 444 80 and speak with one of our knowledgeable travel experts who have been to Panama City Beach, let us inspire you and help plan your dream holiday to this most amazing Florida Beach destination. PurelyAmerica.co.uk Follow us on Instagram for travel inspiration, offers and competitions @purelytravel AUGUST 2026 205


TRAVEL

Dauphin Island - Chris Granger

SWEET HOME ALABAMA, USA Muscle Shoals Studio - Art Meripol

S

tep into Alabama, a land where diverse wonders and deep-rooted history create the ultimate holiday escape. Here, your days can stretch from the white-sand beaches of the Gulf Coast to the high-tech thrill of astronaut training. Wander through sun-dappled forest trails, stand where music legends made history, and trace the powerful footsteps of the Civil Rights movement. Every vibrant city street and hidden natural gem comes wrapped in authentic Southern hospitality and unforgettable culinary flavours. Alabama isn’t just a place to visit—it is an inspiring journey of discovery waiting to happen. Hank Williams Boyhood Home, Georgiana - Art Meripol

206 AUGUST 2026

Mobile Mardi Gras - The Alabama Tourism Department & Tad Denson - MyShotz.com

THE ULTIMATE ALABAMA ROAD TRIP: A JOURNEY OF SOUND AND SOUL Few journeys capture the heart quite like a road trip through Alabama. Driving from the rugged north to the sun-kissed south, you will experience a sensory masterpiece written in legendary rhythms and unforgettable flavours. Pack your bags, roll down the windows, and let the spirit of the Deep South guide you down the highway. North Alabama: The Cradle of Rhythm and Barbecue - Your adventure begins in the rolling hills of Muscle Shoals. Known globally as the “Hit Recording Capital of the World,” this small river town changed music history. Step inside FAME Studios and Muscle Shoals Sound Studio, where icons like Aretha Franklin, The Rolling Stones, and Etta James cut their legendary tracks. You can almost feel the groove vibrating in the walls. When hunger strikes, head straight to nearby Decatur for a true North Alabama original: Big Bob Gibson Bar-B-Q. This legendary spot is world-famous for its hickory-smoked chicken dunked in a unique, tangy Alabama white BBQ

ALABAMA PACKAGE Purely America offers a 7-night “Taste of Alabama” self-drive tour starting from just £1,599 per person including flights, hotels and car hire.

For more information on Alabama, please scan the QR code below


TRAVELLING TO ALABAMA Alabama is the physical heart and the cultural soul of the Deep South. From the UK you can fly direct to Atlanta or Nashville and be just a couple of hours drive from the Alabama borders. Unclaimed Baggage Center Scottsboro - Jamie Martin

sauce. It is a flavour explosion that perfectly sets the stage for the road ahead. As a little side tour head to Scottsboro and discover a shopping experience like no other at Alabama’s Unclaimed Baggage Center, a massive shopping paradise where you can hunt through thousands of lost suitcases and score incredible deals on unclaimed treasures from around the globe. Central Alabama: Jazz, Soul, and Comfort Food - Driving south into Birmingham, the state’s largest city, the soundtrack shifts to jazz and blues. Explore the historic Fourth Avenue District and visit the Alabama Jazz Hall of Fame to celebrate jazz pioneers. Birmingham’s food scene is a thrilling mix of award-winning fine dining and historic staples. Grab fresh oysters and other creative seafood dishes at Bayonet located in the vibrant downtown area, a Bib Gourmand designated restaurant by the Michelin Guide in 2025 and was named as one of America’s best 50 restaurants. Continuing south, you will hit Montgomery. Pay your respects to the king of country music at the Big Bob Gibson Bar-B-Q - Art Meripol U.S. Space & Rocket Center, Huntsville

Hank Williams Museum, which houses his iconic 1952 Cadillac. Afterward, dive into Chris’ Famous Hotdogs, a historic diner where Hank and local Civil Rights leaders used to eat. South Alabama: Seafood and Delta Blues – The final leg of your journey brings you to Mobile on the beautiful Gulf. As the birthplace of America’s original Mardi Gras, Mobile dances to a constant beat. Explore the local clubs to hear authentic Delta blues and jazz while exploring the historic, oak-lined streets. Down here, the culinary star is fresh-caught Gulf seafood. Treat yourself to a steaming bowl of West Indies Salad—a pristine local delicacy of lump crabmeat, onions, oil, and vinegar—or a loaded shrimp po-boy at Wintzell’s Oyster House. Finish your road trip with your toes in the sugarwhite sands of Gulf Shores, listening to live music at the iconic Flora-Bama beach bar. From the first chord in the north to the final bite in the south, an Alabama road trip is a beautiful melody you will want to play on repeat.

You can also fly direct from the UK into New Orleans and either drive or by train on the new Amtrak Mardi Gras service arriving at Mobile, Alabama in under four hours. Regional airports in Alabama also provide easy access for you to explore the whole state. Purely America is a fully ATOL bonded specialist tour operator to Alabama and the USA. With competitive airfares, car hire, pre-planned but flexible self-drive tours, rail tours, escorted coach tours, city, spa & golf breaks and hundreds of hotels to suit every budget, no other UK tour operator offers you a wider choice of holiday options to the USA. Call us today on 0844 80 444 80 and speak with one of our knowledgeable travel experts who have been to Alabama, let us inspire you and help plan your holiday to this most beautiful state. PurelySouthernUSA.co.uk Follow us on Instagram for travel inspiration, offers and competitions @purelytravel

AUGUST 2026 207


TRAVEL

The Alamo

SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS Authentic. Alive. Unmistakably San Antonio.

SAN ANTONIO PACKAGE Pearl District

Day of the Dead Festival

an Antonio is where history runs deep, and culture is always in motion. It’s a city of UNESCO-designated missions, a legendary River Walk and a food scene rooted in centuries of heritage and tradition. Welcome to San Antonio, a truly captivating city where over three hundred years of traditions and heritage are still present in this wonderfully vibrant part of Texas today. The Spanish, Mexican and German roots are clear to see in its architecture, people, culture, food, vibrant neighbourhoods and festivals. Explore museums that bring the cities rich history to life including the Witte Museum showcasing the prehistoric past through to present day or the fascinating Briscoe Western Arts Museum. The beautiful Botanical Gardens and the Japanese Tea Gardens must be seen. Journey through the San Antonio Missions, Texas’ only UNESCO World Heritage Site. The World Heritage Center, located near Mission San José, offers an immersive introduction to the five historic sites, one of which is The Alamo,

located in downtown San Antonio featuring a large collection donated by singer Phil Collins who also narrates the tale of its infamous battle at The Alamo Visitor Center and Museum. The San Antonio River Walk is an iconic urban oasis tucked quietly beneath street level. This lush, 15-mile network of stone walkways loops along the San Antonio River, connecting top attractions like the Alamo and the Pearl. Shaded by towering cypress trees, the path is lined with vibrant restaurant patios, boutique shops, and historic hotels. Visitors can explore the scenic corridors on foot or cruise via narrated river barges. Beautifully illuminated at night, it serves as a bustling hub for cultural festivals, dining, and scenic strolls, embodying the true historic charm and hospitality of the city. Immerse yourself in a breathtaking spectacle of culture, memory, and colour at the annual Día de los Muertos, the largest Day of the Dead festival outside of Mexico. This joyful celebration beautifully bridges the gap between the living and the departed. Far from a sombre occasion, this vibrant Mesoamerican tradition transforms remembrance into an art form

S

208 AUGUST 2026

Purely America offers a 7-night Twin centre holiday including return flights with United Airlines from London Heathrow to San Antonio, via Denver, 3 Nights Omni La Mansion Del Rio, San Antonio Riverwalk & 3 Nights - La Cantera Resort & Spa, San Antonio Hill Country From £1,649 per person For more information on San Antonio, Texas please scan the QR code below


TRAVELLING TO SAN ANTONIO From the UK you can fly to San Antonio via several US cities.

San Antonio River Walk

Infinity pool La Cantera Resort & Spa, San Antonio Hill Country

with streets lined with golden marigolds, intricately crafted sugar skulls, every dressed for the occasion and a river parade. Visit the stunning Pearl district for shops, food and people watching. Wander to San Fernando Cathedral to watch Saga San Antonio, an awe-inspiring video art projection that lights up the front of the cathedral each evening from Tuesday to Sunday. San Antonio’s culinary scene is a vibrant, flavour-packed melting pot where deep-rooted history meets bold gastronomic innovation. Long celebrated as a stronghold for world-class, slowsmoked Texas barbecue and authentic Tex-Mex classics, the city has evolved into a global culinary capital designated as a UNESCO Creative City of Gastronomy now with the added distinction of twelve local restaurants recognised in the inaugural MICHELIN Guide Texas. Today, visionary local chefs are redefining the landscape by fusing traditional Mexican heritage with contemporary European techniques, upscale Asian flavours, and fresh, locally sourced ingredients. From the buzzing, romantic restaurants lining the historic River Walk to the trendy, repurposed industrial eateries in the Pearl District, every neighbourhood serves up an unforgettable dining adventure that makes San Antonio a premier, must-visit destination for passionate food lovers.

For family thrills and spills, Six Flags Fiesta Texas boasts thrilling rides and family fun, Morgan’s Wonderland a unique Ultra-Accessible™ theme park provides a safe, inclusive, and fun environment for guests of all abilities. SeaWorld San Antonio features a world-class lineup of 7 major roller coasters, record-breaking thrill rides, family attractions, and water rides. Natural Bridge Caverns offers stunning underground caverns whilst Tejas Rodeo takes place every Saturday evening from March to October. The San Antonio Texas Hill Country offers a perfect blend of historic charm and rugged natural beauty for travellers seeking an unforgettable escape. Just minutes from urban comforts, this picturesque region welcomes you with rolling limestone hills, sweeping vistas of wildflowers, and pristine, springfed rivers perfect for winding down. The area’s legendary Texas hospitality awaits at world-class resorts and cosy guest ranches, making it an idyllic destination to relax, recharge, and experience the authentic heart of the Lone Star State. Just a short 40-minute drive from San Antonio, Bandera, known as the “Cowboy Capital of the World,” offers a vibrant ranching scene with active dude ranches and traditional rodeos. San Antonio is an exceptional destination that delivers a diverse, memorable holiday experience for every traveller – it’s Authentic, Alive and Unmistakably San Antonio.

When you arrive you will be conveniently just 10 mins from the San Antonio River Walk, with its hotels, shops and attractions on your doorstep. Purely America is a fully ATOL bonded specialist tour operator to San Antonio and the USA. With competitive airfares, car hire, pre-planned but flexible self-drive tours, rail tours, escorted coach tours, city, spa & golf breaks and hundreds of hotels to suit every budget, no other UK tour operator offers you a wider choice of holiday options to the USA. Call us today on 0844 80 444 80 and speak with one of our knowledgeable travel experts who have been to San Antonio, let us inspire you and help plan your holiday to this most beautiful of US Cities. purelytravel.co.uk/san-antonio Follow us on Instagram for travel inspiration, offers and competitions @purelytravel

Tejas Rodeo

AUGUST 2026 209


TRAVEL

Mauritius, with Attitude M

auritius has plenty of resorts, but Attitude offers something more memorable: a genuine sense of place. This home-grown collection puts Mauritian food, craftsmanship and people at the heart of every stay, from dinners hosted by local families to décor created by island artists. Its approach runs deeper than aesthetics. Attitude became B Corp certified in 2024, has removed single-use plastic from the guest experience and supports local suppliers wherever possible. The result is a holiday that feels relaxed, responsible and unmistakably Mauritian.

furnishings and excellent vegan choices give the hotel a fresh, contemporary identity.

LAGOON ATTITUDE

TROPICAL ATTITUDE Small, intimate and wonderfully easy-going, this adults-only retreat sits beside the lagoon at Trou d’Eau Douce. Every room faces the sea, while 11 spacious villas add private pools and gardens for an extra layer of seclusion. Its standout feature is the view across to Île aux Cerfs, and the complimentary boat shuttle that makes reaching the island effortless. Add authentic Mauritian dining and a friendly boutique atmosphere, and Tropical Attitude is ideal for couples who value charm over grandeur.

SUNRISE ATTITUDE Across the road from Belle Mare’s glorious beach, 4 Sunrise Attitude is an adults-only haven designed for switching off. There are no televisions in the rooms; instead, days revolve around yoga, creative workshops with Mauritian artists and two distinct poolside moods, from tranquil Papaya to sociable The Social House. Swim-up rooms and eight private-pool villas bring a touch of indulgence, while colourful interiors, locally made 212 AUGUST 2026

“Across the road from Belle Mare’s glorious beach, 4 Sunrise Attitude is an adultsonly haven designed for switching off”

For guests drawn to the water, this 4 adults-only resort beside Anse la Raie lagoon is the natural choice. Kayaking, paddleboarding, kitesurfing and snorkelling reveal one of Mauritius’ largest lagoons, while the on-site Marine Discovery Centre brings conservation to life through its team of scientists. Five restaurants, lively evening entertainment and a setting just 15 minutes from Grand Baie balance nature with plenty of variety. Three hotels, three distinct moods, one refreshingly authentic philosophy. With Trailfinders matching every traveller to the right resort and arranging the journey around them, Attitude is the obvious choice for experiencing Mauritius beyond the postcard. To book, visit a Trailfinders travel centre or call 0207 795 4551


LOC AL TRAVEL

Stunning new homes at

VALE DO LOBO celebrate the best of Portugal’s Algarve

N

estled amid the 450 hectares of verdant coastal land that is home to the Algarve’s prestigious Vale do Lobo resort, a stunning collection of new homes is taking shape. The Residences Vale do Lobo are the first new homes to be built by the legendary Portuguese resort in a generation, delighting discerning interna-tional homebuyers as a unique opportunity to blend the serenity of nature with the best of unparalleled resort living. The Residences Vale do Lobo comprises a limited collection of 44 elegant apartments, townhouses and linked villas. Construction of the sophisticated properties is progressing well, exciting buyers as they see the homes coming to life. Designed by globally renowned architectural practice Broadway Malyan, the new homes offer space and light in abundance. Daily life flows between indoor and outdoor areas beautifully, with generous terrac-es and private gardens complementing The Residences’ communal landscaped areas. A selection of pri-vate and communal swimming pools ensures there is a property to suit every owners’ requirements, from first and second home buyers to those seeking an investment property. Buyers have already shown significant appetite for the gracious homes, which occupy a privileged loca-tion within Vale do Lobo. The Residences are set beside one of Vale do Lobo’s two delightfully pictur-esque 18-hole golf courses, while its Tennis Academy is a short stroll away. The Academy,

214 AUGUST 2026

which is one of the largest such facilities in Portugal, is home to 12 tennis courts and eight padel courts, as well as a gym, heated swimming pool, pro shop and the hugely popular Smash Restaurant and Smash Sports Bar. On the gastronomy front, Vale do Lobo is home to over a dozen well-regarded eateries, from laid back beach bars to its latest addition – the stylish gastropub, The Wolf, where relaxed afternoons drift seam-lessly into unhurried evenings. The diverse selection of restaurants ranges from Portuguese fine dining at Tinto to sweet treats at Doce and an immersive flight through the flavours of the tropics at El Ta’koy. For keeping cool in the Algarve sun, Vale do Lobo is home to multiple swimming pools, a 2km stretch of idyllic beach and Portugal’s only Veuve Clicquot Sun Club. The extensive facilities at the resort mean that homeowners can shape their days around their lifestyle preferences, from indulgent relaxation at the Royal Spa, to lively days and nights out with the family. Everything from mini golf to live music events is delivered with Vale do Lobo’s unwavering commitment to exceptional customer experiences. The unparalleled elegance of The Residences now presents a fresh opportunity for homebuyers to make the most of resort living. The refined homes are being built in a way that pairs sustainability with thoughtful attention to detail throughout, with natural tones and textures resonating with the sur-rounding greenery for an enviable sense of connection and calm.

THE DETAILS Full details of The Residences Vale do Lobo, just 25 minutes from Faro international airport, can be found at valedolobo.com, or by emailing realestate@vdl.pt or calling (+ 351) 289 353 101.


WEEKEND ESC APES

T LUXURY LODGE HOLIDAYS IN THE DERBYSHIRE PEAK DISTRICT

216 AUGUST 2026

here is no better place than the Derbyshire Peak District to enjoy a short break or a family holiday. The Peak District is ideally located in the Heart of England and is bursting with majestic landscapes, stunning views, stately homes and unique family attractions. Award winning Darwin Forest is situated between Matlock and Bakewell and combines luxury self-catering lodges with fantastic onsite facilities. Whether you want peace and tranquillity on a romantic break, action packed adventures or fantastic local attractions for entertaining friends and family, the lodges provide the perfect base from which to explore. The luxury lodges at Darwin Forest are nestled within a 47 acre woodland paradise. The parks 137 lodges are sympathetically interwoven into the forest, which enables you to get back to nature and enjoy the picturesque environment. They have created a holiday park where children can explore, and young and old will feel carefree and relaxed. There are several types of accommodation options to choose from which will keep the whole family happy. Most popular are the spa lodges that include a private hot tub on the veranda and really enable you to appreciate the serenity of the forest setting. There are also a number of pet friendly lodges. At Darwin Forest they have created the perfect setting for you to relax, enjoy your holiday and leave the hustle and bustle of everyday life far behind. Darwin Forest is the perfect destination to enjoy a family holiday. The fantastic onsite facilities include Evolution Health & Fitness, which has a swimming pool, spa, gym and beauty rooms. For the younger members of your family, Little Monkeys indoor play centre will provide hours of fun and entertainment. The Activity Den is perfect for older children with pool tables and a games room to keep them entertained. They also offer a range of fun activities onsite that are suitable for children and adults. Let the qualified instructors train you in the art of archery or the skills of fencing. The more adventurous could experience the thrills of bodyzorbing, waterwalkerz or snorkelling! For all the family to enjoy, they have a tennis court, mini golf and an abundance of footpaths and cycling trails. If you want to give yourself a break from cooking you can enjoy a coffee and lite bite at the Explorers cafe or you can visit the Foresters bar and restaurant which has an extensive menu serving fresh, locally sourced produce. Many families enjoy celebrating Christmas or New Year at the park, or gathering the family together for a birthday or anniversary. No matter what the time of year, we are confident your friends and family will have a fantastic break. darwinforest.co.uk


TRAVEL WEEKEND ESC APES

Escape the City.

Discover Devon. W

hen city life feels a little too fast, Devon offers the perfect antidote. Just a few hours from the capital, Lakeshore Leisure invites you to swap traffic for tranquil lakes, office views for rolling countryside, and busy weekends for unforgettable moments in coast and countryside. Whether you’re planning a romantic retreat, a family adventure or a relaxing break with your four-legged friend, Lakeshore Leisure’s three unique destinations each offer their own distinctive charm. Clawford Lakes Resort & Spa is a haven for those who love the outdoors with a touch of luxury. Set across 98 acres with 17 fishing lakes, stylish lakeside lodges, floating lodges, cosy lake pods and much more, it’s the perfect destination for anglers, couples and families alike. Spend your days kayaking, paddleboarding or relaxing in the spa before enjoying dinner overlooking the water. As the proud winner of VisitEngland’s Gold Award for Camping, Glamping & Holiday Park of the Year, it’s easy to see why guests return year after year. 218 AUGUST 2026

For those seeking peace, privacy and woodland charm, Otter Falls is nestled within the stunning Blackdown Hills. Picture waking in a luxurious treehouse or woodland retreat, soaking in your private hot tub beneath the stars from your lodge or exploring scenic walks right from your cottage doorstep. With fishing lakes, wildlife, an indoor pool and plenty of space to simply slow down, it’s the perfect escape from everyday life. If elegant country house surroundings are more your style, Lakeview Manor offers boutique hotel rooms alongside luxury lakeside lodges, all set within 45 acres of beautiful parkland. Enjoy exceptional dining at The Dabbling Duck, peaceful leisure fishing lakes and easy access to Devon’s Jurassic Coast and picturesque villages. Across all three resorts, dogs stay free all year, making it even easier to bring the whole family along. With low £50 deposits and flexible payment options, planning your next countryside escape has never been simpler. Whether you’re craving crisp autumn walks, cosy evenings in a hot tub or simply the chance to reconnect with nature, Lakeshore Leisure offers the perfect escape—where luxury, relaxation and the beauty of Devon come together.

THE DETAILS Discover more and book your escape at: clawfordlakes.co.uk otterfalls.co.uk lakeviewmanor.co.uk


WEEKEND ESC APES

A Welsh Country House to Call Your Own

T

here is something wonderfully freeing about leaving the city behind, gathering your favourite people and disappearing into the Welsh countryside for a few memorable days. Set within Carmarthenshire’s beautiful Tywi Valley, at the western foothills of Bannau Brycheiniog — the Brecon Beacons — Glansevin Mansion offers exactly that kind of escape. The Grade II-listed Georgian house sits within approximately five acres of private grounds, surrounded by rolling countryside, peaceful gardens and a magnificent 900-year-old oak tree. Yet Glansevin is not a formal country house where guests must stand on ceremony. It is warm, welcoming and full of character: somewhere to settle in, light the fire and make yourself completely at home. With 20 bedrooms sleeping up to 42 adults, friends and family can stay together beneath one roof. Days can be spent exploring the countryside, gathering around the table, celebrating in the gardens or simply enjoying uninterrupted time

with the people who matter most. Available exclusively for weddings, milestone celebrations, family gatherings and group escapes, Glansevin gives guests the freedom to create a stay that feels entirely their own. There are no fixed packages, no other guests sharing the house or grounds, and no corkage charge. For the duration of your stay, Glansevin does not feel like a hotel or conventional venue. It feels like your own Welsh country house.

THE DETAILS Glansevin Mansion – Plas Glansefin Llangadog, Carmarthenshire, Wales glansevinmansion.com enquiries@glansevin.com

Leave London Behind. Take Over A Welsh Country House. GLANSEVIN MANSION, WALES Tucked into the beautiful Tywi Valley, at the western foothills of Bannau Brycheiniog — the Brecon Beacons — Glansevin Mansion is a Georgian country house made for gathering everyone you love in one unforgettable place. For a few wonderful days, the house and its private grounds are entirely yours. Twenty bedrooms sleep up to 42 adults, with fireside rooms, long-table suppers, peaceful gardens and a magnificent 900-year-old oak tree waiting beyond the front door. Come for a wedding, a milestone celebration, a long-awaited family gathering or simply the rare joy of escaping to the Welsh countryside with all your favourite people.

No fixed packages. No corkage. No other guests. Just the freedom to make Glansevin feel like your own country house.

W E D D I N G S • C E L E B R A T I O N S • F A M I LY G A T H E R I N G S • G R O U P E S C A P E S

Come and make Glansevin yours. Glansevin Mansion, Llangadog, Carmarthenshire, Wales

www.glansevinmansion.com | Enquiries@glansevin.com

220 AUGUST 2026


Award winning Inn | 2 AA Rosettes | Top 100 pubs in the UK 2025 The Good Food Guide & The Times

Enjoy a gourmet country break, a selection of wines, cider and ales with dishes made from locally sourced ingredients. Roam the beautiful Dorset/Somerset countryside Explore the local market towns of Sherborne and Bruton Relax in one of our ten beautifully decorated rooms We welcome dogs and muddy boots www.thequeensarms.com


TRAVEL WEEKEND ESC APES

THE JOCKEY CLUB ROOMS The exclusive private members club of The Jockey Club

T

he Jockey Club Rooms, in the historic town of Newmarket, a tranquil place to escape to. The King & Queen are Patrons of The Jockey Club, the most exclusive private members club in the country, with 150 invited members and 750 Jockey Club Rooms Members. The Jockey Club Rooms is the private members club of The Jockey Club and extends a warm welcome to both esteemed professionals from the world of racing and welcomes in non-members who fancy some time away from the hustle and bustle and a flavour of racing. In 1751 the founders started to meet in a pub on Pall Mall and decided to escape the London Club scene and buy the leasehold of The Coffee House on Newmarket High Street. Later they bought the freehold to create the home of British Horseracing, The Jockey Club Rooms. Situated 5 minutes from the two Racecourses and National Stud in Newmarket, 25 minutes from the hustle and bustle of Cambridge and London is easily accessible by car or train. Buzz in at the columned front door and a member of the clubhouse team welcomes you in. The clubhouse is adorned with a world-renowned collection of equine art and stunning antiques. There are public rooms used for breakfast and

222 AUGUST 2026

functions, and the Morning Room is a cosy, quiet room overlooking the Terrace and manicured lawn. The 24 bedrooms including a self-contained townhouse are available to book by non-members during the year, subject to availability. Some bedrooms overlook the manicured lawn, and the townhouse with its own front door, kitchen, sitting room and dining room is excellent for families and friends to share.


TRAVEL There is plenty of parking available at the clubhouse. The gates open automatically upon driving up to them.

Our main feature suite is The Kings Suite, appointed with a magnificent four-poster bed, fine equine art, and elegant antique furniture. Large bay windows overlook the manicured lawns and tranquil walled garden, filling the space with natural light. The suite also features a private sitting room, perfect for relaxation. The spacious en-suite bathroom is a masterpiece, featuring King Edward VII’s original bath and a separate walk-in shower. Food & Beverage Offering A popular English Breakfast is served 7 days a week and throughout the day Monday to Friday light lunches and drinks are available on request. Lunches and dinners for larger numbers can be organised in advance. The Morning Room Bar is open on Thursday, Friday and Saturday nights. As we are based on Newmarket High Street there are several local restaurants that you may like to try. The clubhouse opens its doors to nonmembers for Open House Events such as Music Nights, Fine Dining Evenings and Sunday Lunches. Look on our website for details, they are fabulous events to attend. We look forward to welcoming you to our exclusive, stunning clubhouse as you escape London for a day or two.

5-minute drive. Beyond that Anglesey Abbey, Ickworth House and Ely Cathedral are a stone’s throw away. Membership of The Jockey Club Rooms For 270 years, The Jockey Club Rooms has stood as a distinguished institution at the heart of horseracing. Membership offers a unique opportunity to become part of this enduring heritage, if you are directly or indirectly involved in British Horseracing.

Travel by Train Newmarket train station is approximately a 5-10 minute walk from The Club. The is no taxi rank at the station so you would need to book a taxi beforehand by calling 01638 561 561. For all National Rail enquiries please call 08457 48 49 50 or visit nationalrail.co.uk Travel by Air Newmarket Racecourse has a helipad; visitors wishing to arrive by helicopter should please contact us in advance by calling 01638 663101.

The Jockey Club Rooms, Newmarket, Suffolk. CB8 8JL Please contact enquiries@jockeyclubrooms.co.uk or telephone: +44 (0)1638 663101 Postcode: CB8 8JL

Local Area The National Stud and Newmarket racecourses are 10 minutes from the Clubhouse and The National Horseracing Museum is a 5-minute walk and a wonderful way to immerse yourself in the sport. Shopping can be found in Cambridge and a game of golf at The Links Golf Course, is a AUGUST 2026 223


WEEKEND ESC APES

THE LITTLE RETREAT:

A PEACEFUL ESCAPE IN PEMBROKESHIRE

T

ucked within the historic walled gardens of the former Lawrenny Castle estate, The Little Retreat offers a peaceful and characterful place to stay in one of Pembrokeshire’s most beautiful locations. Although the castle itself no longer remains, the gardens that once supplied it with fruit and vegetables continue to flourish. Grapes, peaches, plums, figs, berries, herbs and seasonal produce grow around the site, creating a wonderfully natural setting in which guests can slow down and reconnect with the outdoors. The Little Retreat’s geodesic domes combine the freedom of glamping with the comforts of a selfcatering holiday. Its spacious Luxury Domes sleep up to four people and feature a private garden, fully equipped kitchen, woodburner and private woodfired hot tub. The cosy Snuggle Domes with outdoor baths are ideal for couples and young families, with dog-friendly accommodation also available. Located in Lawrenny, close to the Cleddau Estuary and within the Pembrokeshire Coast National Park, the retreat makes an excellent base

224 AUGUST 2026

for discovering West Wales. Guests can explore nearby beaches and castles, follow woodland and coastal walks, visit waterside villages or take to the river for paddleboarding, kayaking and boat trips. Days can be as active or as unhurried as each guest chooses. A morning adventure can be followed by coffee in the garden, time in the sauna, a barbecue or a long soak in the hot tub. As evening falls, guests can light the woodburner, enjoy the peaceful surroundings and make the most of Pembrokeshire’s remarkable dark skies. The Little Retreat is suited to romantic escapes, family adventures, time away with friends or simply a few restorative days away from the demands of everyday life. Its combination of comfortable accommodation, private outdoor spaces and beautiful natural surroundings allows every guest to create a break that works for them. A tree is planted for every booking through The Little Retreat’s membership of the Woodland Champions Club, helping each stay leave a positive legacy beyond the garden gates.

THE DETAILS Contact: escape@littleretreats.co.uk Telephone: 07878 836116 Address: The Old Potting Shed, Lawrenny, Pembrokeshire, SA68 0PW Website: littleretreats.co.uk Instagram: @the_little_retreats

Images: Owen Howells


TRAVEL WEEKEND ESC APES

BOUTIQUE RETREATS F

rom cosying up fireside in a country cottage, to stargazing from a dreamy hot tub at your clifftop hideaway, seek the magic of a staycation with Boutique Retreats. With over 260 luxury abodes to choose from, uncover our curated collection of luxury retreats, set in unique locations across the UK. For the lovers of timeless period homes and grand Georgian townhouses, to characterful cottages and Scandi-style cabins, our hand-picked selection of luxurious homes offers a dream escape for any guest. Whether you’re seeking a romantic weekend getaway with that special someone, or a week-long gathering with family and friends – you’ll be sure to find your perfect homestay in our exclusive portfolio. It’s important to us that a retreat promises those little luxuries our guests long for to ensure their staycation of dreams. From handsome wood burning stoves and elegant bathtubs for two, to wood-fired hot tubs set on the cliffs above rolling tides - our retreats offer only luxury living moments. As storytellers and travel dream seekers, we craft every step of the Boutique journey with your experience at the heart of what we do. Our team are dedicated to providing guests with a personalised service, making every step of the

226 AUGUST 2026

“For the lovers of timeless period homes and grand Georgian townhouses, to characterful cottages and Scandi-style cabins, our handpicked selection of luxurious homes offers a dream escape for any guest”

way a stress-free experience. To make a stay truly memorable we can assist with organising a selection of luxurious touches, from a private chef experience in the comfort of your retreat to arranging a surprise welcome hamper or unique ways to celebrate during your stay – whatever the occasion. Embark on a far-flung adventure to the wilds of Skye, settle down fireside in a charming Cotswold cottage or storm watch from the cosy embrace of a rustic Cornish dwelling – wherever your travel dreams take you, uncover the luxury of a Boutique escape… We know how good getaways should be. boutique-retreats.co.uk


WEEKEND ESC APES

ALDERNEY: The Channel Island you’ll lose your heart to

A

lderney feels like a best-kept secret – and that is precisely its appeal. Often overlooked in favour of its larger neighbours, this small Channel Island quietly captures the heart of those who make the journey. It may be tiny, but its charm lingers long after you leave. As the northernmost of the Channel Islands and the closest to the south coast of Great Britain, Alderney is surprisingly easy to reach. Direct flights from Southampton take just 40 minutes, while travelling via Guernsey adds a gentle island-hopping element. The final approach on Aurigny’s small Twin Otter aircraft is unforgettable, revealing turquoise seas, white beaches and rugged headlands below. Life here moves at a gentler pace. With few cars and short distances, the island is best explored on

228 AUGUST 2026

“The final approach on Aurigny’s small Twin Otter aircraft is unforgettable, revealing turquoise seas, white beaches and rugged headlands below”

foot or by bike. Days unfold naturally – a walk along dramatic cliff paths, an afternoon on a quiet beach, and dinner enjoyed slowly as the sun sets over the sea. Despite being just eight miles from the French coast, Alderney remains refreshingly uncommercialised. Around 40 miles of footpaths cross the island, leading to sweeping viewpoints, sandy bays and encounters with remarkable wildlife. Internationally recognised for its birdlife, Alderney is home to extraordinary seabird colonies at Les Etacs and Burhou, where gannets and puffins gather in spectacular numbers. Dolphins and grey seals are often spotted in surrounding waters. As night falls, the island reveals another rare luxury: truly dark skies. With little light pollution, stargazing is exceptional, with the Milky Way often stretching across the horizon. History is woven throughout the landscape, from Neolithic dolmens and Roman remains to Napoleonic towers and Victorian forts. At the island’s heart lies St Anne, a charming town of cobbled streets, independent shops and welcoming cafés. Dining celebrates fresh local produce, particularly seafood, served in relaxed restaurants and cosy pubs. Add boutique stays, coastal adventures and a lively events calendar, and Alderney offers the perfect balance of tranquillity and discovery. Plan your island escape at visitalderney.com


WEEKEND ESC APES

Visit Mannington Josh Peck, Socius Media

Josh Peck, Socius Media

L

ocated just 40 minutes from Norwich, Mannington, the countryside estate dating back to the 15th century, has opened to the public for the visitor season, from now until 1 November 2026. Offering a wealth of unique experiences for nature enthusiasts and families alike, the estate, which is home to ancient habitat-rich woodlands and gardens, is set to host a series of exciting events and expert-led workshops. These sessions allow visitors to come together and embrace an opportunity for shared discovery in the great outdoors. Leading the workshop line-up is the Fermentation session, led by Aleksandra Britten of Britten’s Botanicals, scheduled for 25 August. Suitable for beginners, the class offers an expertled tasting and making session, as well as guidance for brewing your own kombucha. Meanwhile, Nightfall at Mannington, scheduled for 12 September, features a guided night-time exploration that invites families and explorers of all ages to experience the estate coming to life as daylight fades. Book Bash, the annual literary festival hosted at Mannington, is also back for 2026 and will take place from 25 to 27 September. Curated by awardwinning independent bookshop, The Book Hive, the event will celebrate a host of brilliant writers

230 AUGUST 2026

Eleanor Walpole

THE DETAILS For full details, directions, and to book your visit, go to mannington.co.uk

Eleanor Walpole

and books in breathtaking natural surroundings. This year’s line-up features fiction and non-fiction writers, including Delia Smith and Rory Clements. Offering a series of bookable sessions throughout the summer holidays, the Mannington Minnows holiday club is another way for children to become immersed in the estate’s offering, alongside the newly designed play area and walks through the woodlands and gardens that put Mannington’s conservation practices on full display. “The gardens at Mannington are looking even more beautiful this year,” David Horton-Fawkes, Mannington’s Chief Executive, tells us. “We look forward to offering a space where visitors can spark their curiosity and explore our natural haven at their own pace.” Visitors are invited to bring their own picnics or enjoy a treat in Mannington’s cafe. The estate’s charming manor house is currently hidden from view amid renovations, but will soon re-emerge in all its glory, ready to provide a historic backdrop to a day at Mannington.


The Watersmeet Hotel in Woolacombe, proudly voted Best Waterside Hotel for the UK & Ireland, enjoys an exceptional position right on the water’s edge. This 4-star coastal hotel offers Luxury Balcony and Terrace Rooms and Suites with private outdoor seating and sun loungers, a 2-AA-Rosette restaurant with dramatic clifftop sea views, and indoor and outdoor pools with spa facilities. 2 Night Celebration Break

Offer inclusions:

• Sea View Room for 2 Nights • Dinner each Night & Devon Breakfast • Bottle of champagne on arrival • Devon Cream Tea for 2

Inclusive from £800 3 Night Mid-Week Break

Offer inclusions:

• Sea View Room for 3 Nights • Dinner each Night & Devon Breakfast

Inclusive from £950

01271 870 333 | watersmeethotel.co.uk The Watersmeet Hotel, EX34 7EB | enquiries@watersmeethotel.co.uk


SCHOOL LIFE INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS GUIDE • AUGUST 2026

B RO O M W O O D S C H O O L | S E E PA G E 2 4 0


EDUC ATION

Test Cricketer Jordan Cox: from Felsted to the Oval

W

hen Jordan Cox made his Test Cricket debut at the Oval in June 2026, he became the latest in a long line of sportsmen and women to progress from Felsted School in Essex to representing their countries at the highest level. Cox is brimming with confidence, as you would expect of one of the most exciting young cricketers to emerge in recent years. The 25-year-old’s undeniable talent – and a remarkable doublecentury for Essex at the start of the season – led to his selection in England’s starting XI for the Second Test against New Zealand in the summer of 2026. His international debut marked a significant milestone in a career that always seemed destined for greatness. Though born in Margate, Kent, Cox was educated at Felsted School, the independent boarding school in north Essex. He quickly found himself at home in the practice nets and on the immaculate school cricket pitch, The Front, where his developing skills were nurtured through Felsted’s élite cricket programme under former England Test cricketer Jason Gallian, now Felsted’s Director of Cricket. Specialist coaching, individualised strength and conditioning, and tailored nutrition prepared Cox well for entry to the professional game. He first turned out for Kent’s Second XI in 2017, made

“Specialist coaching, individualised strength and conditioning, and tailored nutrition prepared Cox well for entry to the professional game”

236 AUGUST 2026

an impression, and soon earned an international age‑group debut with England Under‑19s on their 2019 tour of Bangladesh. A dynamic personality, Cox attracted attention for his explosive top‑order batting and reliable wicket‑keeping and fielding. He continued to play for Kent, then Essex, and for the Oval Invincibles in The Hundred, alongside stints in Australia. His first senior England call‑up came in September 2024 for the IT20 series against Australia. His selection for the 2026 Second Test makes Cox the fifth England Test cricketer in Felsted’s history, where cricket has been played since 1805. Felsted has produced numerous first‑class and international players, including former England internationals Derek Pringle, Nick Knight and John Stephenson, as well as current Surrey player Emma Jones, who recently helped The Blaze secure a fifth win in the women’s One‑Day Cup. Cricket remains a high‑profile sport at Felsted. Led by Gallian, the coaching team includes celebrated Essex cricketer Lissy Macleod, Charlie Knightley (a Cricket World Cup winner with England Over‑50s), and Carla Rudd, formerly of Sussex and Southern Brave. With expert coaching, outstanding facilities and strong links to professional clubs, Felsted continues to inspire young players who dream of pulling on the England whites. Jordan Cox is the latest Felsted sports star ready to inspire the next generation. felsted.org


EDUC ATION

Clayesmore:

Individual Journeys, Extraordinary Futures

S

et in the Dorset countryside, Clayesmore possesses a quiet magic – a rare combination of warmth, ambition and opportunity that empowers every child to flourish. At its heart is a deep belief that every child should have the confidence and freedom to discover their own path. Academic ambition sits alongside creative, sporting and personal excellence, with opportunities such as Clayesmore’s unique LEX programme, Model United Nations, Young Enterprise and the Duke of Edinburgh Award developing character, leadership and resilience. Here, pupils are encouraged to explore widely, challenge themselves and discover talents they never knew they had. A child who arrives shy may find their voice through drama; a keen sportsperson may uncover a love of design; an aspiring scientist may discover unexpected leadership qualities. Every pupil is known, valued and supported to pursue a pathway that is right for them. From age four to eighteen, as a co-educational day and boarding school, Clayesmore gives children the time and freedom to grow, change direction and discover their path. Success at Clayesmore is personal and varied because there is no typical Clayesmorian. Pupils follow different paths and pursue different passions, united by the simple fact that they all go on to pursue their dreams. Some progress to Russell Group universities, others to specialist colleges, apprenticeships or careers, their choices shaped by entirely different ambitions and talents. The school does not attempt to define success through a single

238 AUGUST 2026

measure, nor does it tell young people what they should become. Instead, it gives them the confidence to discover who they are, the courage to pursue it and the resilience to enjoy the journey. What emerges is a community of scholars, artists, sportspeople, visionaries and leaders, each shaped by their own experiences and aspirations. At Clayesmore, futures are not prescribed; they are individually shaped, because the role of a school is not to define children, but to help them discover who they might become.

THE DETAILS To experience Clayesmore for yourself, contact our Admissions team at admissions@clayesmore.com to book a personal visit, or join us for our Open Day on Saturday 19 September.


EDUC ATION

Space to Explore, Confidence to Grow

HOW OUTDOOR LEARNING HELPS YOUNG CHILDREN THRIVE Caron Mackay, Head of Broomwood Pre-Prep 240 AUGUST 2026


S

ome of the most valuable learning experiences do not happen while children are sitting at a desk. Outdoor learning gives children opportunities that are difficult to replicate in a traditional classroom, allowing them to move, explore, experiment and make sense of the world around them. At Broomwood, we are incredibly fortunate to have extensive outdoor spaces that have been carefully designed for the different ages and stages of our children. Our playgrounds are not simply places to spend breaktimes; they are an important

part of the learning environment and are used throughout the school day. Being outdoors naturally encourages children to run, climb, balance and explore. These activities help to develop strength, coordination and physical confidence, but their benefits go much further. When children test themselves on a balance beam, work out how to navigate stepping stones or try a new piece of equipment, they are learning how to assess risk, overcome uncertainty and persevere. These experiences are particularly important during the early years of a child’s education. Children need opportunities to challenge themselves in a safe and supportive environment, building confidence through what they discover they can do for themselves. Outdoor learning also has a positive impact on children’s wellbeing. Time spent outside can improve mood and support emotional regulation, giving children space to move, reset and return to their learning with renewed focus. For some children, a

“Outdoor learning also has a positive impact on children’s wellbeing. Time spent outside can improve mood and support emotional regulation”

AUGUST 2026 241


EDUC ATION

practical outdoor activity can unlock engagement in a way that a classroom-based lesson may not. That is why we regularly take lessons outside at Broomwood. Children might practise counting and addition using objects found in the playground, explore the natural environment or investigate different materials and textures. The outdoors gives teachers the freedom to bring learning to life and helps children understand that education is not confined to books or classrooms. Even the simplest activities can offer rich opportunities for learning. In our mud kitchen, children create mud pies and magical potions, carefully choosing their ingredients and discussing what should happen next. While it may look like play, they are developing a wide range of important skills. They must talk to one another, share ideas, take turns, solve problems and work together until their creation is ready to be served, often to the class teacher. Through imaginative play, children build their vocabulary, confidence and ability to communicate, all while having great fun. Movement and practical experiences also support different learning styles. In Early Years and Key Stage 1, children are still discovering how they learn best. Providing regular opportunities for hands-on exploration allows every child to approach a topic in a way that feels engaging and meaningful to them. Our outdoor areas contain a wide range of

adaptable equipment, enabling teachers to use the spaces across different subjects and themes. There are theatres and a stage for performances and storytelling, costumes for role play and tuff trays that support sensory exploration and fine motor development. Larger equipment, including stepping stones and balance beams, helps children develop their gross motor skills. Just as importantly, there are quieter areas where children can enjoy a calmer moment outdoors. A well-designed playground should offer excitement and challenge, but it should also provide places where children can pause, reflect or spend time with a friend. We have seen first-hand how outdoor learning strengthens focus, independence, communication and social skills. With thoughtful planning and a little teacher magic, our outdoor areas become a natural extension of the classroom, only without the desks.

THE DETAILS Broomwood operates a bus service across London, with routes serving areas including Pimlico, Wimbledon, Battersea and Tooting Bec, making the school accessible to families across the capital. Find out more about Broomwood, one of Clapham’s leading prep schools, at their upcoming open morning on Friday 2 October 2026. The main entry points to Broomwood are Pre-School, Reception, Year 3 and Year 7, although the school may have places available in other year groups. For more information, please visit broomwood.com or contact their admissions team at admissions@broomwood.com

242 AUGUST 2026


EDUC ATION

FROM TOWN TO COUNTRY F or 33 years Sarah Segrave lived London life to the full. Last year, Sarah left the roles of Headmistress of Eaton House the Manor Prep School and Principal of the Eaton House School Group to embark on a new life in the country. Now Headmistress at Sandroyd, a unique Prep school set within the breathtaking 7,000-acre Rushmore Estate on the Wiltshire/Dorset border, Sarah reflects on the move.

What was it like to move to the country after 33 years in London? It was liberating. I wish I’d done it earlier. Describe Sandroyd for us. Sandroyd is a truly magical place. With the longest Prep school drive in the country, even the winding road through the estate is an adventure. A significant proportion of Prep pupils board on a full or flexi basis, but what makes us different is that most of the boarding is by choice; the children are simply having too much fun to go home. The staff are entirely committed and fully immersed in all aspects of school life, from teaching to activities to boarding life; this creates a fabulous equilibrium. Academia is very much a priority, and so is the development of self - children leave Sandroyd wholly prepared to succeed in their next chapter and beyond. 244 AUGUST 2026

What does Sandroyd offer that a London school doesn’t? Sandroyd offers children a freedom impossible to recreate within a city school. From the riding stables to pets corner, the adventure playground to finding the best trees for climbing; Sandroyd really does offer a unique freedom. Boarding, in particular, means that the pressures of school runs, homework, after school activities, nannies and guiltladen screentime simply evaporate. At Sandroyd, play is very much in vogue and parents are making a conscious choice to offer their children an extension of their childhood; I truly believe that this is the best gift a parent can give a child. What do you miss most about London? Spontaneous time with friends.... and Deliveroo! The local shop is a 25-minute round trip and that’s once you’ve navigated the sheep on the driveway! Join Sarah for breakfast at The Arding Rooms SW11, from 9–11am on the 18th September, as she reflects on the past year. Take the opportunity to explore whether a country Prep is right for your family, seek advice from property experts, and let Sharky and George keep the little ones entertained. RSVP is preferred: alocke@sandroyd.com.


EDUC ATION

MILLFIELD SCHOOL

M

illfield offers a unique opportunity to balance exceptional academics alongside elite sport pathways. Academics at Millfield are broad with GCSEs, BTECs and A levels offered in a variety of subjects, as well as Extended Project Qualifications (Project Baccalaureate and Higher Project Qualifications) for those seeking to add more to their academic portfolios, outside of the curriculum, and an enviable lecture series with topindustry speakers. Sixth Form A level and BTEC courses are highly specialised, and students acquire ample skills that employers are seeking throughout the two-year programme. In 2025, 78% of leavers secured higher education places across the world, with 54% attending Top UK universities including Oxbridge and Russell Group, and 15% heading to the US and overseas establishments. Overseas destinations include Ivy League Columbia University, Cornell, Duke and Princeton. Millfield Futures supports all senior students with guidance on post-Millfield pathways. Thirty sports are delivered by 200 sports staff, with 1850 years of cumulative coaching experience, enabling a dynamic and flexible sporting timetable and unrivalled opportunities, supported by outstanding facilities. There is a clear correlation between good academic outcomes in the classroom being reflected on the sports field, and vice versa. Olivia, one of last year’s top achievers, achieved A*A*A* in maths, economics and geography, and

248 AUGUST 2026

A in further maths. She played netball and was also captain of riding, representing the school both locally and nationally. Olivia went on to study Economics and Management at the University of Oxford. Sixth Former Filip Nowacki studied A levels in mathematics, physics and economics whilst training to swim at the 2026 Commonwealth Games in Glasgow where he made history, winning gold in the Men’s 200m breaststroke to earn Jersey’s first medal in 36 years. As well as silver in the Men’s 100m breaststroke. He is going to Loughborough to study Economics and continue swimming, with his sights set on making the Great Britain team for the 2028 Olympic Games in Los Angeles. All facilities are located conveniently on campus. Millfield’s campus offers 250 acres of Somerset countryside, as well as an Olympic sized swimming pool, Music School and 400-seat theatre. Millfield received 22 selections for this year’s Commonwealth Games. The selections include eight current students, 11 Old Millfieldians (OMs), two former Performance Swimming Squad members and one member of staff, representing 11 countries in swimming, long jump, steeplechase and track cycling. Inspired to become a Millfield scholar? Scholarships are available for September 2027 entry. The deadline to apply is 7 October for Year 9 entry, and 1 December for Sixth Form entry. Discover more at Open Day on 3 October, book online at millfieldschool.com/opendays

“Millfield received 22 selections for this year’s Commonwealth Games”


EDUC ATION

A

MOUNT KELLY

t Mount Kelly, nature is not simply the backdrop to school life. It is part of the education. Set within 160 acres of beautiful grounds on the edge of Tavistock, with Dartmoor opening out beyond, the School occupies a landscape that invites exploration. For pupils growing up in an increasingly digital world, this connection with the outdoors is both precious and powerful. The natural environment is woven through the curriculum in many different ways. Science can be observed rather than simply studied. Geography is brought to life through the surrounding landscape, while art, literature and creative work are inspired by changing seasons, open skies and the distinctive character of Dartmoor. Learning extends beyond the classroom, encouraging pupils to ask questions, notice detail and develop a deeper understanding of the world around them. The setting also offers something less easily measured, but equally important. Space to think. Space to breathe. Space to build confidence. Whether pupils are walking across the grounds between lessons, taking part in outdoor pursuits, competing on the sports fields or exploring the moor, they experience the freedom and perspective that come from time spent outside. Adventure helps to develop courage and resilience. Shared experiences build friendships, while the landscape encourages independence, curiosity and a sense of responsibility for the environment. This is particularly significant at a time when the pressures facing young people are growing. Nature 252 AUGUST 2026

provides balance. It creates moments of calm within busy school days and encourages pupils to look beyond screens, timetables and immediate demands. For families in London or other cities, the contrast may feel striking. Yet Mount Kelly’s location is not a retreat from ambition, but a place where young people can thrive, combining academic challenge with fresh air, adventure and a strong sense of community. At Mount Kelly, pupils aged 4–18 have room to discover who they are and realise their potential. With boarding available from Year 3 and a shuttle service between School and London at the start and end of each term and half term, a Mount Kelly education remains comfortably within easy reach. Is it time to consider a school under endless skies?

THE DETAILS For further information about Mount Kelly, please contact our admissions team on admissions@mountkelly.com 01822 813193 mountkelly.com


EDUC ATION

Winning Isn’t the Only Lesson That Matters By Mr Fleet: Head of Maths, Sarum Hall School For many people, success in competition is measured by where you finish. If that were true, then our Year 6 team’s experience at the QuizClub National Maths Championship Grand Final might be seen as disappointing. I couldn’t disagree more.

254 AUGUST 2026

R

eaching the Grand Final at the University of Oxford was, in itself, a remarkable achievement. More than 300 teams entered the competition, yet Sarum Hall School earned its place among the nation’s very best young mathematicians. That didn’t happen by chance. It came through commitment, resilience and a willingness to embrace challenge. What impressed me most was not simply the mathematical ability of our Year 6 team, but their determination to improve. Week after week, they attended practice sessions, tackled demanding homework and pushed themselves well beyond the Year 6 curriculum. Along the way, they explored topics such as surface area, polyhedrons, platonic solids and percentage change, while sharpening the teamwork and problem-solving skills that are just as valuable as mathematical knowledge. Competitions like this also show children that maths is exciting. Solving rapid-fire problems against the clock, working collaboratively and competing alongside the country’s strongest schools transforms maths from a classroom

subject into an exhilarating challenge. Whether answering questions in 30 seconds or discussing tactics on the train to Oxford, the team discovered that maths can be both demanding and enormous fun. None of this would have been possible without the support surrounding them. Their parents gave up time to encourage them, accompany them and cheer them on throughout the journey. At school, staff and classmates followed their progress with genuine excitement and pride. That sense of community reminds our pupils that their achievements matter to all of us. Although we did not return home with the championship trophy, we came back with something far more valuable: confidence, experience and the motivation to aim even higher. As one of the girls remarked afterwards, she would love the chance to compete again and improve. To me, that is the greatest success of all. Winning is wonderful, but inspiring children to love learning, embrace challenge and believe in themselves is an achievement that lasts far longer than any medal. sarumhallschool.co.uk


YUMMY MUMMY AUGUST ISSUE

I M A G E : RO C K A H U L A K I D S


YUMMY MUMMY

[SHOPPING]

BABIES & KIDS BEACH BABIES The scalloped edged brim of this hat shades little faces and the pink gingham bow adds a pop of sweet and stylish charm! This hat is made for sun-filled adventures on the beach! rockahulakids.com

WE LOVE This Paladone Disney Angel SquishyGlo Rechargeable Silicone Night Light Available on Amazon

BACK TO SCHOOL Monnalisa’s back-to-school collection dresses girls aged 4 to 12 with elegance and practicality. monnalisa.com

TAILORED TO YOU Tailored Living is a multi-award winning interior design and interior architecture studio offering a personalised and comprehensive design process to create luxurious and elegant residential interiors throughout London, Kent and Surrey. tailored-living.co.uk

AUTUMN- INCOMING These mittens are made of a durable fabric and have a pre-shaped fit for greater freedom of movement. Designed to be easy to put on and adjustable for the perfect fit. polarnopyret.com 258 AUGUST 2026

FIT FOR A QUEEN Made using premium acrylic yarn, these beautiful handmade crochet crowns can be reused on different occasions. From shop Sheep Up on folksy.com


YUMMY MUMMY

Ready, Set, Roar! Run Wild for tigers at London Zoo. 20 September 2026

F

amilies are being invited to Run Wild through London Zoo this September, in a brand-new family-friendly fun run - helping global conservation charity ZSL protect endangered tigers and wildlife around the world. Swinging beside the ring-tailed lemurs, swooping past the vibrant Scarlett Ibis, and trotting by the red river hogs, participants in the new event - open to children aged 4–15, alongside parents and guardians - will get exclusive early access to London Zoo. Designed for all abilities and fitness levels, there’s a gentle one-mile fun run for younger children and first-timers. A scenic 5K route that also ventures through Regent’s Park, is open to participants aged 11 and over, beginning in the Zoo before looping through Regent’s Park and returning to finish inside London Zoo.

FOR THOSE LOOKING FOR A LONGER CHALLENGE. Part of global conservation charity ZSL, which this year marks its 200th anniversary, London Zoo supports the protection of many critically endangered species – including Sumatran tigers. With fewer than 400 individuals estimated to remain in the wild, London Zoo plays a key role in the conservation breeding programme for Sumatran tigers and has led on veterinary studies and training to support the protection of the species in the wild. Every participant who crosses the Run Wild finish line will receive an exclusive medal and fullday entry to London Zoo to continue the family 260 AUGUST 2026

fun, spend time in nature, and support conservation, all in one memorable day out. Fundraisers who raise more than £80 will receive a free tiger plush toy, while those raising over £200 will be entered into a prize draw to win a family membership to London and Whipsnade Zoos. With just 1,000 places available, early registration is encouraged. Entry to Run Wild at London Zoo is £35 per participant and includes full-day admission to the Zoo. Discounts are available for members, patrons and fellows of the Zoological Society of London. Participants can find out more and sign up at londonzoo.org/runwild

“Designed for all abilities and fitness levels, there’s a gentle one-mile fun run for younger children and first-timers”


www.softplayinabox.co.uk

Award Winning Nationwide Party Hire Delivered to your door

www.sleepoverinabox.co.uk


YUMMY MUMMY

Summer at The Paddington Bear Experience

C

Until 6th September 2026

apture special memories this summer with an unforgettable family adventure at ‘The Paddington Bear™ Experience’ at County Hall on London’s South Bank. With bubbles in the air, delicious treats to enjoy including ice cream and macarons and plenty of fun photo moments along the way, there’s no better time to visit. Visitors are invited to step into Paddington’s world and embark on an exciting immersive adventure through some of the most memorable locations from the Paddington stories. Starting with the hustle and bustle of Paddington Station, guests are greeted by a friendly Station Master and taken on a lively train journey through London’s most famous landmarks all the way to the Browns’ charming house at No. 32 Windsor Gardens. Once inside the famous tree-adorned hallway, the Brown family whisk guests into a whirlwind of multi-sensory activities as they need to help Paddington and his family prepare for a very special occasion – The Marmalade Day Festival! With numerous themed rooms to explore, interactive games, character interactions, and lots of surprises along the way, the adventure culminates in a very special Windsor Garden Street party where visitors have the chance to enjoy the Marmalade Day festival too! A range of food (including Paddington’s famous marmalade sandwich!) and beverages are available to all, as well as an opportunity to enjoy fun and games with the Brown family. The Paddington BearTM Experience captures the hearts of the entire family, no matter the age. Summer Special Tickets are available for an additional £25 per child on top of the standard entry ticket price. A Summer Special Ticket includes The Paddington Bear™ Experience Suitcase Lunchbox, Paddington Ears, Marmalade Sandwich, a refreshing Fruit Shoot and a Paddington Postcard to remember your day. Book in advance or on-site to capture those special memories this summer.

262 AUGUST 2026

THE DETAILS The Paddington Bear™ Experience Address: London County Hall, Belvedere Road Tickets available now from paddingtonbearexperience.com


YUMMY MUMMY

Rockahula Kids Launches Its Back-to-School Collection Join Us at Harrods This August!

MEET US AT HARRODS’ BACKTO-SCHOOL EVENT To celebrate the launch, Rockahula Kids will be taking part in the Harrods Back-to-School Event on 15–16 August, with a professional hairstylist on hand to create beautiful back-to-school hairstyles using favourites from the collection. Families are invited to visit the Rockahula Kids Boutique on the 4th Floor, Childrenswear, between 12:00 pm and 5:00 pm, where children can enjoy complimentary hairstyling, discover the latest collection and find the perfect accessories for the new school year.

EVENT DETAILS Harrods Back-to-School Event Dates: 15–16 August Time: 12:00 pm – 5:00 pm Location: Rockahula Kids Boutique, 4th Floor, Childrenswear, Harrods

ABOUT ROCKAHULA KIDS

A

s the countdown to the new school term begins, Rockahula Kids is making back-to-school shopping a little more magical with the launch of its latest Back-to-School Collection! It’s filled with practical accessories and thoughtful gifts in classic school colours. The collection includes their School Days Hair Gift Set, school bows, satin scrunchies, headbands and velvet headbands, all available in red, green and blue to complement school uniforms. Harriet Jones, Founder of Rockahula Kids: “There’s something so special about getting ready for the start of a new school year. We wanted to create a collection that helps children feel confident, comfortable and excited for that first day back, while making life a little easier for parents too.” 264 AUGUST 2026

Rockahula Kids is a boutique accessories brand just for kids, it’s all about being playful, bright and beautiful! With fun and imagination at the heart of everything the brand does, the designs aim to inspire a creative spirit in children and reflect the way they see the world around them. rockahulakids.com


YUMMY MUMMY

TIDY TOT:

The Weaning Innovations Turning Mess into Sensory Milestones

B

ritish weaning brand Tidy Tot is championing a shift in how parents approach the introduction of solid foods, moving away from traditional methods and towards ‘Sensory Weaning’. This approach prioritises a baby’s need to touch, squish, and explore food as a vital part of their physical and cognitive development. Learning to eat is one of the most complex tasks a baby will ever master. It requires the coordination of multiple sensory systems, from the fine motor skills needed to pick up a slippery piece of fruit to the oral processing required to manage new textures. For some babies, this sensory experience can feel intense; providing the time and space to lead this exploration is key to building mealtime confidence and preventing sensory overwhelm. For more information on the Tidy Tot range and to explore the science of sensory weaning, visit tidytot.com.

266 AUGUST 2026

Innovative Design for Fearless Exploration Tidy Tot’s mission is to remove the barriers to this essential play. At the heart of the range is the multi-award-winning and patented Bib & Tray Kit. This innovation eliminates the gap between the baby and the highchair, creating a large, 100% mess-proof surface that gives babies the freedom to explore without limits. “Learning to eat isn’t just about taste and texture - it’s a full sensory experience,” says Jen, Founder of Tidy Tot. “ Before a baby can confidently eat a new texture, they often need the time and space to see it, touch it, and squish it first. By reducing the pressure and allowing for that frequent, messy exploration, we can help babies build familiarity and confidence at their own pace.” Milestones Beyond the Plate The Tidy Tot range extends beyond mealtime protection to support every developmental milestone: The Bib & Tray Kit: Recognised with numerous industry awards, this kit is a vital tool for baby-led weaning. By providing a dedicated, clean space for food exploration, it encourages the hand-eye coordination and tactile feedback babies need to become adventurous eaters. It ensures that the “bumpy road” to accepting textures is met with curiosity rather than stress.

The Dinky Cup: Transitioning from a bottle to an open cup is a significant developmental step. Another patented innovation, the Dinky Cup is specifically sized for tiny hands and mouths, encouraging the ‘sip’ action that supports oral motor skills and dental health, all while being perfectly weighted to minimise spills. Supporting the Next Generation of Eaters By providing tools that manage the mess, Tidy Tot empowers parents to embrace the process of discovery. When babies are given the space to see, smell, and feel their food, they aren’t just eating they are learning.


YUMMY MUMMY

WHY EARLIER IS BETTER FOR

LEARNING FRENCH

A

sk a child at Club Petit Pierrot to translate a French word into English and they’ll probably look puzzled. Not because they don’t understand, but because, to them, French isn’t something you translate. It’s simply another language they use. That’s the power of total immersion. Not only does early immersion give children a genuine head start, so there’s no fear or struggle when French is introduced at school, it also

270 AUGUST 2026

supports their developing brain by encouraging mental flexibility and critical thinking. That’s the philosophy behind award-winning Club Petit Pierrot, London’s longest-established French immersion programme, trusted by families since 1993. Backed by neuroscience and developed over more than thirty years, its approach is delivered entirely in French by native-speaking teachers through playful, meaningful experiences in a caring environment. They don’t simply study French; they live it, using the language naturally to connect and communicate. That’s the difference between learning a few words and becoming a confident speaker. Along the way, they’ll also pick up an authentic accent. Oh là là ! Weekly classes & Holiday camps for children aged 6 months to 8 years across London. Sessions cover vocabulary aligned with Key Stage 1 & 2 of the curriculum. clubpetitpierrot.co.uk


YUMMY MUMMY

Back to School Decor:

Essential bedroom tweaks to help kids focus and relax this term

A

s the countdown to the new school year begins, parents are shifting their focus from summer holidays to school uniform prep and academic routines. However, design experts at Nordic wallcovering studio FEATHR point out that one of the most powerful tools for easing this transition is a child’s own bedroom. “The start of the school year is a massive psychological shift for kids,” says Anne Puukko, co-founder of FEATHR. “Suddenly, their bedroom is asked to pull double-duty— functioning as a quiet study hub by day and a calming sanctuary by night. Simple, intentional redecoration with designer wallpaper can help children mentally switch between ‘homework mode’ and ‘rest mode’ without feeling overwhelmed.” To help parents prepare their homes for the autumn term, FEATHR shares four practical decoration tips to optimize children’s rooms for focus, learning, and emotional wellbeing. Style a Dedicated “Study Zone” (Even in Small Rooms) Mixing sleep spaces with workspaces can lead to 272 AUGUST 2026

subconscious restlessness. For a successful backto-school setup, use clever decor styling to visually isolate the homework desk. The Decor Tip: Position the desk facing away from the bed. Use a distinct wall mural or a block of structured, geometric wallpaper behind the desk area. This creates a clear visual boundary that signals to a child’s brain that it is time to sit down and focus, leaving the rest of the bedroom’s distractions behind them. Ditch “High-Octane” Colours for Calming Palettes While bright, primary-coloured bedrooms are popular for toddlers, high-saturation reds and bright yellows can cause sensory overload and anxiety in school-aged children trying to concentrate or unwind.

“While bright, primary-coloured bedrooms are popular for toddlers, high-saturation reds and bright yellows can cause sensory overload and anxiety in school-aged children trying to concentrate or unwind”


The Decor Tip: Update the room’s color palette with muted, earthy tones inspired by Scandinavian design. Swap out loud accents for soft sage greens, warm terracottas, soothing stone greys, and deep ocean blues. These shades are proven to lower heart rates, reduce eye strain, and create an atmosphere of quiet concentration perfect for reading. Bring the Outdoors In with Biophilic Design Integrating elements of nature into a study space—known as biophilic design—is proven to lower cortisol (stress) levels and improve cognitive stamina during mentally tiring school weeks. The Decor Tip: Maximise natural light by positioning the study desk near a window and dressing the surrounding feature wall with a largescale forest mural. This setup does more than look beautiful. Looking at a sweeping tree acts as a visual reset button for a child’s brain. During intense study sessions or screen-heavy homework, these natural vistas give a child’s eyes a healthy place to rest.

“Maximise natural light by positioning the study desk near a window and dressing the surrounding feature wall with a large-scale forest mural”

Breathe Easy: High Quality Inks Provide Toxin-Free Air Quality A hidden barrier to a child’s concentration and sleep quality during the hectic school term is poor indoor air quality. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) commonly found in traditional solventbased paints can cause subtle headaches and afternoon lethargy. The Decor Tip: When redecorating for the new school year, choose materials that protect indoor air health. Opt for wallcoverings printed with water-based HP Latex inks on breathable non-woven papers. Holding prestigious GREENGUARD Gold and UL ECOLOGO certifications, this technology ensures the room remains odorless, allowing your child to sleep safely in the room. The most inspiring classrooms aren’t always at school: they’re the spaces at home that quietly fuel focus, fire up imagination, and welcome deep, restful sleep when the textbooks finally close. We’ve shared our four essential bedroom tweaks, but how will you style your student’s sanctuary this term? Explore the full range of Feathr wallpapers and discover which design will transform your child’s room into their ultimate study hub and peaceful retreat. feathr.com AUGUST 2022 273


YUMMY MUMMY

Legoland® Windsor Resort presents

THE WORLD’S LARGEST LEGO FESTIVAL! Until 31 August 2026

L

EGO® Windsor Resort is inviting families to step into the LEGO Festival experience designed with kids at the centre to spark creativity, selfexpression and the simple joy of playing together. Appearing at the next iteration of the festival of play are five interactive zones, perfect for guests seeking unique and unmissable experiences at festival. Guests will kick off their day of awesomeness with their LEGO Festival wristband, collected on arrival, and a festival map. These colourful guides unlock the full festival experience, marking guests as an official festival goer ready to play, explore, and celebrate creativity across the park all day long. Not only that, for extra LEGO Festival bragging rights, guests can participate in the 3 Build Challenge and collect stamps on the LEGO Festival map as they conquer each zone. It’s as easy as Build, Collect, Reward – those completing three

274 AUGUST 2026

or more exclusive LEGO® Festival brick-building activities, can pick up 3‑in‑1 LEGO® Creator gift before heading home. Plus, there’s a LEGO Insiders points giveaway available for grown-up builders too. Across the festival site, guests can expect themed play zones with hands-on brick-building activities, photo-worthy LEGO models, live shows, family challenges and a chance to meet many different LEGO characters in real life.

“Guests will kick off their day of awesomeness with their LEGO Festival wristband, collected on arrival, and a festival map”


LEGOLAND® SHORT BREAKS OFFER CAN INCLUDE: Enjoy the ultimate LEGO® sleepover at one of our fully themed LEGO hotels Overnight stays at one of our LEGOLAND® Resort Hotels include a stay in an immersive LEGO-themed room and a delicious hot breakfast. Early Park Access available with a valid Theme Park entry Free parking & WiFi

VISITORS CAN EXPECT: Music Zone: Turn up the volume and rock out in the Music zone featuring the “Battle of the Bands” show, where Rockstars and Popstars go head-tohead. Take centre stage in a high-energy space for kids to join in and sing along. Families can also add to a large festival mosaic build, spot selfie-friendly LEGO models, and meet characters including Melody Raye and Lyric Santos after the show. Creative Zone: Get hands-on in this unique building zone designed to help kids test ideas and see creations take shape. All-new highlights include The Creatureverse brick build tables and Master Model Builder sessions such as “The Anything Animal” and “Let’s Create a Creature.” Plus, photo moments with the festival LEGO® Panda and the LEGO® Peacock that guests can add LEGO brick build “feathers” to – it’s a colourful, creative playground. Chill Out Zone: Unwind and explore the serenity of a secret garden in this quieter zone designed for a peaceful, plant-filled escape. In LEGO® Botanicals “Build & Bloom” guests can build a LEGO Botanicals flower and add it to a growing display including LEGO bricks Butterflies and bug build – brand new for 2026. There’s also a LEGO brick build Gardener model to meet and the “Playtime with Hopsy” chilled out stage show. Thrill Zone: Hold on to your nerve for this soon to be announced sports-themed, high-energy Thrill zone planned for 2026, with further details to be shared soon. Play Zone: Power up in the “ultimate gaming fan zone” experience to be revealed soon.

Guests can refuel with new LEGO Festivalthemed food and drink, including the festival exclusive Brick Ice Lolly, available in three different flavours. Families can also visit the LEGO Store to browse the latest sets featured across the all the zones and pick up exclusive LEGO Festival merchandise to keep the play going at home. With the Festival included in the standard admission, guests can enjoy over 55 rides, attractions and shows that makes LEGOLAND® an epic day out where families can make lifelong memories. For those wanting to extend their fun, short breaks for all the family are just a click away. LEGO Festival is included with standard admission to the LEGOLAND Windsor Resort with prices starting at £32pp, kids under 90cm go free.

To book your short break at LEGOLAND Windsor Resort, please visit legoland.co.uk/shortbreaks/offers-and-packages/ Short break packages start from £60 per person.

For more information on LEGO Festival please visit legoland.co.uk/explore/ special-events/lego-festival

AUGUST 2026 275


YUMMY MUMMY

The New Wellness Trend? Drinking Less and Feeling Better By Dr Sam Bennett, The London General Practice

F

or years, a glass of wine was seen as the perfect way to relax after a busy day. Today, more people are embracing a different approach to wellbeing: drinking less, or giving up alcohol altogether. The benefits can be surprisingly powerful. One of the first changes many people notice is improved sleep. While alcohol may help you fall asleep more quickly, it can disrupt the quality of sleep, leaving you feeling less refreshed the next morning. Better sleep leads to improved energy levels, sharper concentration and a brighter mood. Reducing alcohol intake can also have a positive impact on mental wellbeing. Many people report feeling less anxious, more focused and generally have fewer mood fluctuations after cutting back. Without alcohol affecting the body’s natural chemistry, mood can become more stable, helping people feel calmer, more energised and better equipped to cope with everyday stress. Your liver will thank you too. The liver is responsible for processing alcohol, and regular drinking can place it under significant strain. Over time, excessive alcohol consumption can lead to conditions such as fatty liver disease, hepatitis and cirrhosis. Reducing your alcohol intake gives the liver a chance to recover and function more efficiently, supporting one of the body’s most important organs. The physical benefits can be just as impressive. Alcohol is high in calories and can contribute to unwanted weight gain. Drinking less can make it easier to maintain a healthy weight and

276 AUGUST 2026

support fitness goals. Many people also notice healthier-looking skin, improved hydration, and a more radiant complexion after reducing their alcohol consumption. Alcohol reduction may also support heart health by helping to reduce the risk factors associated with high blood pressure and cardiovascular disease. The good news is that you don’t have to swear off socialising. With the rise of premium alcohol-free wines, beers, spirits and sophisticated mocktails, it’s easier than ever to enjoy a night out without the after-effects. Perhaps the greatest benefit of all is how good you feel. More energy. Better sleep. Improved focus. Healthier skin. A lighter mood. For many people, drinking less isn’t about giving something up. It’s about gaining a healthier, happier version of themselves. If you have concerns about your alcohol consumption or would like personalised medical advice, the team at The London General Practice offers confidential consultations and support.

Dr Sam Bennett, GP General Practitioner, Information Governance Lead BSc MBBCh MRCS MRCGP DOccMed

THE DETAILS The London General Practice 114a Harley Street, London W1G 7JL

Tel: 0207 935 1000 OPEN 24 HOURS A DAY 7 DAYS A WEEK

Private GP Services thelondongeneralpractice.com Occupational Health and Corporate Services


FASHION

& BEAUTY – Fashion and beauty news to keep you looking your best – I M AG E : O L I V E R B O N A S


FASHION & BEAUTY

[SHOPPING]

FASHION & BEAUTY CAPSULE CLASSIC

SLEEP IN STYLE This bamboo boat neck top (left) has a relaxed yet flattering shape that moves naturally with you. The neckline sits softly across the collarbone, creating clean, elegant and feminine look. The bamboo V-neck dress (right) has a clean and feminine neckline, while the low-cut back adds a subtle, confident edge, revealing just enough while still feeling comfortable. hamore.co.uk

Celebrating 25 years of timeless design, Cox & Cox is marking its milestone anniversary with the launch of Chapter 25 – a special capsule collection inspired by one of the very first products the brand ever sold. At the heart of the collection is the delicate, skeletal Peepal leaf, whose distinctive silhouette first captured the imagination of the British public in the late 1990s. coxandcox.co.uk

WE LOVE This gorgeous monochrome one shoulder wave print swimsuit by Laura Ashley. lauraashley.com

DOT-TO-DOT Timeless with a playful twist, this chocolate brown midi dress is elevated with a striking red polka dot print. Its flattering silhouette and versatile design make it an effortless choice for daytime events or evening occasions. oliverbonas.com 280 AUGUST 2026

FRENCH FANCY Gold plated bronze earrings. Hand made by Elisabeth Riveiro, a passionate jeweller who hand makes her pieces in her studio in France using ancient and traditional techniques. nataliawillmott.co.uk


FASHION & BEAUTY

CROWNING GLORY: A century of the Rolex Oyster case

We celebrate the 100 years of a Rolex innovation that changed the world of watches forever

A

century ago, Rolex achieved the seemingly impossible: it created a watch that knew no limits. It could go underwater, brave any storm, and accompany its wearer through all of life’s adventures. Rolex called it the Oyster – and, 100 years on, it remains the epitome of quality, reliability and innovation. The Oyster case is still

282 AUGUST 2026

at the heart of the Rolex collection today – and at the Rolex Boutique, customers can discover this enduring innovation in an environment that reflects the prestige and heritage of the brand. Here, the Oyster Perpetual collection sits alongside some of the world’s most celebrated timepieces, offering clients the opportunity to experience Rolex craftsmanship in one of the UK’s premier luxury retail destinations. Founded in 1905 by Hans Wilsdorf, Rolex built its reputation on precision, innovation and robustness, long before watches became everyday essentials. But the arrival of the Oyster in 1926 marked a genuine turning point. At a time when wristwatches were still considered delicate objects, its hermetically sealed case protected

“Founded in 1905 by Hans Wilsdorf, Rolex built its reputation on precision, innovation and robustness, long before watches became everyday essentials”


the movement from water and dust – a major breakthrough. And soon the world discovered just how robust the Oyster really was… In 1927, British swimmer Mercedes Gleitze wore a Rolex Oyster for her historic swim across the English Channel. After more than ten hours battling cold, churning water, the watch emerged in perfect working order, helping prove its durability in real-world conditions, and beginning Rolex’s long association with exceptional individuals and human achievement. Five years later came another milestone: the Perpetual movement. Powered by the natural motion of the wearer’s wrist, the automatic mechanism removed the need for manual winding and helped lay the foundations for the modern wristwatch. Combined with the Oyster case, the Perpetual movement created something genuinely new – a watch built not simply to tell the time, but a stylish companion that could fit into the rhythm of the wearer’s daily life. A century on, the Oyster Perpetual still carries many of the design principles established by the original 1926 model. The clean, highly legible dial, balanced proportions and understated elegance remain instantly recognisable, even as modern versions have evolved with contemporary engineering and refined finishes. As Rolex celebrates 100 years of the Oyster,

special anniversary editions within the Oyster Perpetual collection pay tribute to one of watchmaking’s most influential innovations. They reflect how the Oyster has evolved over the past century while remaining faithful to the principles that shaped the original: reliability, versatility and timeless design. A century on, the Oyster’s legacy continues to endure on wrists around the world.

“Combined with the Oyster case, the Perpetual movement created something genuinely new – a watch built not simply to tell the time, but a stylish companion that could fit into the rhythm of the wearer’s daily life”

Rolex Oyster Watch £8,050

The Watches of Switzerland Group, Rolex Boutique, Old Bond Street, London AUGUST 2026 283


FASHION & BEAUTY

NDCstraps

From French Military Heritage to Hollywood

T

his March marked the 10th anniversary of NDCstraps, the Sussex-based brand founded by Jacko. Drawing on his French heritage and a lifelong fascination with military history, functional design and mechanical watches, what began as a personal passion has grown into a business recognised by watch enthusiasts around the world, while remaining true to its original philosophy of producing authentic, purpose-built watch straps. Inspired by the improvised straps once worn by French Navy combat divers, every genuine NDCstrap is made using original French Marine Nationale parachute elastic, woven in the same historic French factory that supplied the military decades ago. Rather than reproducing history, we continue it, working with authentic materials that carry a remarkable provenance. For more than 31 years, I have balanced building NDCstraps alongside a demanding full-time career. What began as a personal passion has gradually evolved into a brand known internationally for its authenticity, craftsmanship and attention to detail. Rather than pursuing mass production, the focus has always been on creating straps that honour their heritage while being built to last. One of the most remarkable chapters in the company’s history began in 2025, when I received an unexpected email from a costume buyer working on a film production in New Zealand. Bound by a non-disclosure agreement, they couldn’t reveal the film, the cast or why they were getting in touch. They simply wanted four

284 AUGUST 2026

“What began as a personal passion has gradually evolved into a brand known internationally for its authenticity, craftsmanship and attention to detail”

examples of a long-discontinued NDC strap. The strap at the centre of the story had originally been purchased years earlier by watch enthusiast Owen Thornton (@KAMMOMAN). By chance, it caught the attention of Owen’s friend, director David Ayer, who reportedly insisted on using that exact watch, strap and compass for his latest production. After searching through old stock, I managed to find four original straps and shipped them to New Zealand. Months later, the secret was finally revealed: they had been chosen for Brad Pitt’s character in the survival thriller Heart of the Beast. There was no sponsorship, no product placement and no Hollywood deal—just an authentic strap with genuine military heritage that proved to be exactly what the production was looking for. From their origins with French combat divers to appearing on the big screen, every NDCstrap tells a story. Sometimes, authenticity really does speak for itself. ndcstraps.com

Image: @nachoconde


FASHION & BEAUTY

Curated by Croots C

roots England is a second-generation family-run business that have been making their exquisite, luxury bags and accessories for over 50 years ever since husband and wife founders, John and Margaret Smith, gave up on their search for the perfect sports bag and decided to hand craft one themselves. Inspired by the enduring classic style that is synonymous with the gentrified world of English country living. From those small artisan beginnings to becoming a world-renowned brand, Croots has grown to be one of the leading makers of luxury bags and accessories across the globe. Expertly Crafted All their luxury leather and canvas bags are hand made in the picturesque market town of Malton, by Croots own specialist makers. They are born from many things – their artisan craftsmanship, their stylish English heritage and their dedication to using only the highest quality materials. Made to Last Every Croots bag and accessory bears testament to Croots dedication to unequalled quality and classic English style. That’s why they always insist on hand-picking their hides and use natural, vegetable-dyed leather to give us that unbeatable

286 AUGUST 2026

combination of subtleness and performance. Whilst their sturdy cotton canvas is of the finest grade and their pure natural rubber linings provide the best waterproofing by far. The Personal Touch Croots offer a number of personalised services. They can add your initials or your individual mark (up to five characters) for the perfect personal touch. Personalisation can be added on the product page. They are there to help you choose the perfect gift and only too happy to answer any questions you may have, including further information about materials, colours, sizing, delivery or returns. Croots England continue to grow and innovate with new designs and materials which you can view online. If there is something you can’t quite find, let them know and they might be able to create something bespoke, just for you. CROOTS ENGLAND - THE HOME OF GREAT CRAFTSMANSHIP

THE DETAILS To view their full range, visit crootsengland.co.uk retail@crootsengland.co.uk Tel: 01653 698 668


THE CITY COLLECTION For those that enjoy city life with a touch of the countryside EXQUISITE LUXURY LUGGAGE & ACCESSORIES Handmade beautifully in England by skilled craftsmen crootsengland.co.uk


FASHION & BEAUTY

The Art of the Summer Stack

TATEOSSIAN LONDON M

How to combine colour, texture and character through men’s bracelets.

en’s jewellery has become personal. The days of relying on one understated watch or silver bracelet are giving way to a more individual approach, where colour, material and texture create something distinctly one’s own. This is true of the bracelet stack. Relaxed enough for summer yet considered enough to elevate an outfit, a balanced combination can move between the city, the coast and an evening outdoors. The key is not simply to wear more, but to create contrast while maintaining cohesion. Every stack needs an anchor, often a leather bracelet, silver design or clean chain. Leather works well, bringing softness and an informal quality that complements linen shirts and lightweight tailoring. Additional pieces can introduce movement and texture. Smooth leather can sit beside rugged lava stone, silver can contrast with woven macramé, and translucent glass can energise a neutral palette. The pieces should not match exactly. A stack feels more sophisticated when each bracelet has its own character. Balance matters more than quantity. Two or three bracelets feel more considered than a crowded wrist. Pair one wider design with slimmer

290 AUGUST 2026

“Every stack needs an anchor, often a leather bracelet, silver design or clean chain”

pieces, or place a structured metal bracelet between softer beaded and woven styles. Summer also offers the opportunity to move beyond black, brown and silver. Deep blue, green, turquoise, amber and multicoloured glass can introduce colour while remaining wearable. For subtle impact, choose one statement shade and ground it with neutral leather or silver. The most memorable jewellery carries meaning beyond appearance. A bracelet may reference travel, protection, craftsmanship, engineering or the natural world. A symbolic charm can become a focal point, while a stone or sculptural clasp adds character. Together, these pieces become more than a styling decision. They form a collection chosen over time, reflecting interests, memories and experiences. There are no fixed rules. The best stacks feel instinctive rather than coordinated. Begin with one bracelet that feels personal, then build around it using texture, colour and proportion. Ultimately, the art of the summer stack lies in making it look effortless, even when every detail has been carefully considered. tateossian.com


FASHION & BEAUTY

OLIVER BONAS: Personality-packed pieces for the wardrobe

S

tep into the new chapter with a wardrobe built for autumn. Heritageinspired checks, bold tartan, and colour pop knitwear creates easy transitional layers for back-to-work days, crisp weekend walks and everything in between. Designed in Oliver Bonas’ London studio, the Bothy story embraces cosy comfort through earthy browns, forest greens and rich, layered styling, while impactful tartan and relaxed occasion-wear bring character. The finishing touches feel just as considered, with accessories and jewellery embracing trending tortoiseshell, vibrant resins and heart motifs. Alongside beaded and suede bags that offer effortless, wear-anywhere appeal. About Oliver Bonas Oliver Bonas is an independent British lifestyle brand, designing our own distinctive take on fashion and homeware. We sell online internationally and from 90+ stores across the UK and the Republic of Ireland, operating as an omnichannel business across multiple platforms. We’ve always been excited by fresh thinking and the alchemy of great design and its power to uplift and inspire. Since our first store opened in 1993, our mission has remained constant throughout: to do our bit to make living a joyful experience and give cause for optimism. It all began with our founder Oliver Tress, the owner of Oliver Bonas. His love of design and exploratory spirit were born out of his upbringing in a creative family living in a variety of diverse countries across America, Asia and Africa. Olly set up the first Oliver Bonas store in London in 1993 and, three decades on, our product teams channel his restless curiosity into distinctive, feel-good fashion and homeware. Oliver Bonas has progressed from curating others’ designs to developing our own, bringing ideas to life in our in-house creative studios. New products land in store and online every week. oliverbonas.com

292 AUGUST 2026

“We’ve always been excited by fresh thinking and the alchemy of great design”


Introducing Levuroy.

A women’s clothing brand born in the Cotswolds, handmade in India. Levuroy was started and solely run by Tom Paget, who is 19 years old. Tom works with Indian artisans to design these colourful & vibrant designs, whilst still tying the British countryside style into the brand. Providing a range of authentic Indian block printed designs, inspired by The Cotswolds & West London style. Effortlessly elegant and all pieces made using only natural materials. Join the Levuroy Club today. Shop via levuroy.com and follow @levuroy on Instagram.


FASHION & BEAUTY

Cashmere Eyes

2026’s most wearable eye trend swaps bold statements for soft, tactile colour inspired by the quiet luxury of cashmere.

HOURGLASS CURATOR EYESHADOW COLLECTION FROM £29 PER SHADOW, AVAILABLE AT SPACE NK

S

tatement eye makeup has taken a back seat this year. After seasons dominated by graphic eyeliner, glitter pigments and dramatic smoky eyes, beauty is embracing something far more understated. The latest trend, known as Cashmere Eyes, focuses on creating softly diffused eye looks using muted, luxurious shades that appear almost woven into the skin. The result is elegant, effortless and refined enough for every day. The name reflects more than just the colour palette. Like the fabric itself, Cashmere Eyes are all about softness, comfort and understated luxury. Shadows are blended until no obvious

294 AUGUST 2026

edges remain, creating a hazy wash of colour that enhances the eyes without demanding attention. Rather than sharp definition, the emphasis is on depth, texture and subtle dimension. Fashion has played a significant role in the trend’s rise. As wardrobes continue to favour timeless tailoring, elevated knitwear and neutral palettes, makeup is following suit. Warm taupes, mushroom browns, oatmeal, soft cocoa and muted mauves echo the colours found in premium cashmere collections, offering a sophisticated alternative to brighter seasonal shades. The look complements virtually every skin tone and eye colour, making it one of the most universally

LAURA MERCIER CAVIAR STICK EYE COLOUR IN STRAPLESS £30, AVAILABLE AT SPACE NK LISA ELDRIDGE SEAMLESS GLIDE EYE PENCIL IN BURNT UMBER, £27, AVAILABLE AT LISA ELDRIDGE

NARS QUAD EYESHADOW IN TAJ MAHAL £44, AVAILABLE AT NARS AND SELFRIDGES


GET THE LOOK

BOBBI BROWN LONGWEAR CREAM SHADOW STICK IN TAUPE £29.50, AVAILABLE AT BOBBI BROWN AND JOHN LEWIS

LANCÔME LASH IDÔLE MASCARA, £31, AVAILABLE AT BOOTS AND JOHN LEWIS

flattering trends of the year. Texture is equally important. Cream and satinfinish shadows create a velvety appearance that catches light gently without looking metallic or glittery. Powder formulas remain popular, but are finely milled and blended to produce a cloud-like finish rather than obvious layers of colour. The overall effect is polished yet almost imperceptible. Definition comes through subtle contrast rather than harsh lines. Instead of bold black eyeliner, soft brown or charcoal pencils are gently smudged into the lash line, adding depth while maintaining the blurred aesthetic. Mascara remains lightweight, with separated lashes replacing thick, dramatic volume. Brows are brushed upwards and kept natural, framing the eyes without overpowering them. Cashmere Eyes also embrace versatility. During the day, a single wash of taupe or soft brown creates effortless definition, while evening looks can be deepened by layering richer cocoa or espresso tones through the outer corners.

Because the colours are muted rather than highly pigmented, they build beautifully without appearing heavy, making the trend easy to adapt for different occasions. The rest of the face remains intentionally understated. Fresh skin, softly sculpted cheeks and neutral lips allow the gentle eye makeup to remain the focal point without competing for attention. Rather than relying on contrast, the entire look feels harmonious, with every element working together to create quiet sophistication. Ultimately, Cashmere Eyes capture the mood of modern beauty: less about making a statement and more about creating lasting elegance. They prove that soft textures, thoughtful colour and expert blending can feel just as impactful as bold artistry. In a season where restraint has become the ultimate luxury, the most fashionable eye makeup is also the easiest to wear.

ANASTASIA BEVERLY HILLS BROW FREEZE GEL £25, AVAILABLE AT CULT BEAUTY AND SEPHORA UK VICTORIA BECKHAM BEAUTY LID LUSTRE IN MINK, £36, AVAILABLE AT VICTORIA BECKHAM BEAUTY

Charlotte Tilbury Luxury Palette in The Sophisticate £46, available at Charlotte Tilbury and John Lewis Victoria Beckham Beauty Lid Lustre in Mink £36, available at Victoria Beckham Beauty Hourglass Curator Eyeshadow Collection From £29 per shadow, available at Space NK MAC Eye Kohl in Teddy £22, available at MAC Cosmetics and Boots Bobbi Brown Long-Wear Cream Shadow Stick in Taupe £29.50, available at Bobbi Brown and John Lewis Lisa Eldridge Seamless Glide Eye Pencil in Burnt Umber £27, available at Lisa Eldridge Lancôme Lash Idôle Mascara £31, available at Boots and John Lewis Anastasia Beverly Hills Brow Freeze Gel £25, available at Cult Beauty and Sephora UK Laura Mercier Caviar Stick Eye Colour in Strapless £30, available at Space NK

CHARLOTTE TILBURY LUXURY PALETTE IN THE SOPHISTICATE £46, AVAILABLE AT CHARLOTTE TILBURY AND JOHN LEWIS

NARS Quad Eyeshadow in Taj Mahal £44, available at NARS and Selfridges

MAC EYE KOHL IN TEDDY £22, AVAILABLE AT MAC COSMETICS AND BOOTS

AUGUST 2026 295


FASHION & BEAUTY

LONDON FASHION WEEK PREVIEW Spring/Summer 2027 Collections 17-21 September 2026 Fashion retailers, hotels, restaurants and bars across London will do what they can to join in the celebration of London Fashion Week by hosting special events and promotions both in-store and online. The allure of the show is exceptional, and London Fashion Week continues to be the top fashion event pulling visitors from every corner of the globe. London Fashion Week has been running twice yearly since 1983 and has since become one of the city’s most exciting, creative and coveted events.

W

elcome to the exciting world of fashion…catwalks, celebrities, glitz and glamour! It is one of the highest profile fashion events in the world – and one of the ‘big four’ international catwalk influencers alongside Paris, Milan and New York. It presents an unrivalled opportunity to showcase some of the world’s leading fashion talent and the best and brightest names in the industry. It is a week where designers are free to create at will and experiment with new trends whether colourful, crazy or controversial - the world is watching as fashion history is made. Luxury brands are to be confirmed, but AW 2026 included Freya Rose, Leblon London, ON/ OFF Presents, Burberry, GINA, Shrimps, Karina Bond, Harris Reed, Chet Lo, TOGA, Fashion Scout, YAKU and April & Alex. The magic of London Fashion Week is not merely thanks to the designers’ and fashion stylists’ cutting-edge collections, but the media excitement that accompanies them. Celebrities swarm to attend the fashion event of the year – past attendees include Dame Helen Mirren, Bradley Cooper, Brigitte Nielsen, Yasmin Le Bon, Kate Moss, Naomi Campbell, Cara Delevingne, Craig David, Calum Best, Jude Law, Pixie Lott and Daisy Lowe. 296 AUGUST 2026

THE DETAILS For more information about London Fashion Week including up-to-date schedules, news, and tickets go to londonfashionweek.co.uk Follow on @londonfashionweek and join the conversation #LFW

Images: for illustraton purposes only


NUAN CASHMERE A chance encounter with extraordinary cashmere inspired former investment banker Caoimhe Ryan to create NUAN Cashmere. Named after the Mandarin word for warm and reflecting her Irish heritage, the brand is dedicated to timeless design and exceptional craftsmanship. Crafted exclusively from 100% pure cashmere, its collections span womenswear, menswear, accessories and homeware, alongside bespoke cashmere commissions.

Discover more at nuancashmere.com and @nuancashmere on Instagram.

Photographer Credit - Chris De La Cruz (@chipxhazard)

Empress Bella was founded on the belief that true luxury is built with intention. Every collection begins with thoughtful design, exceptional craftsmanship, and the finest materials—creating pieces that transcend trends and stand the test of time. Designed to be carried today and cherished for generations, each Empress Bella creation is an heirloom in the making. We create for the next generation of luxury collectors, tastemakers, and legacy builders – those who value craftsmanship, innovative design, and the quiet confidence of owning something truly exceptional.

Crafting the Future of Luxury Fashion

Welcome to Empress Bella. Where today’s craftsmanship becomes tomorrow’s legacy. empressbella.com


FASHION & BEAUTY

Why Traditional French Soaps Are Making a Comeback

W

hen it comes to skincare and everyday essentials, sometimes less really is more. If you’re looking to simplify your routine without compromising on quality, traditional French soaps are well worth discovering. That’s exactly what French Soaps UK is all about. Specialising in authentic French and Mediterranean soaps, the family-run business has been bringing beautifully crafted products to UK customers since 2012. From luxurious hand soaps and nourishing body care to natural deodorants, hand creams and home fragrances, every product is carefully chosen for its quality, heritage and everyday usefulness. One of the brand’s biggest attractions is its collection of Savon de Marseille soaps. Made using traditional methods that have been perfected over hundreds of years, these iconic soaps are loved for their gentle cleansing properties and incredible versatility. They can be used in the bathroom, kitchen and even around the home, making them a timeless staple you’ll reach for every day. 298 AUGUST 2026

“Made using traditional methods that have been perfected over hundreds of years, these iconic soaps are loved for their gentle cleansing properties and incredible versatility”

French Soaps UK also offers authentic Aleppo soaps, enriched with olive oil and laurel berry oil, alongside beautifully fragranced soaps inspired by the lavender fields, citrus groves and flower markets of Provence. Whether you prefer fresh, floral, fruity or classic scents, there’s something to suit every taste. It’s not just about smelling wonderful either. Many of the products are made with nourishing ingredients such as shea butter, olive oil and natural plant extracts that help leave skin feeling soft, moisturised and cared for after every use. The collection also extends beyond soap, with luxurious hand creams, aluminium-free deodorants, liquid soaps and home fragrance products that bring a little touch of France into your everyday routine. They also make thoughtful gifts for birthdays, Christmas or simply as a treat for someone special. Whether you’re treating yourself or looking for a gift that’s a little different, French Soaps UK offers something for every home. From everyday essentials to indulgent little luxuries, the collection is designed to add a touch of French craftsmanship to your daily routine. If you’re ready to refresh your bathroom, discover a new favourite fragrance or simply enjoy products made with care and tradition, French Soaps UK is full of timeless finds that you’ll wonder how you ever lived without. frenchsoaps.co.uk


FASHION & BEAUTY

Isabel Bay Unveils It’s Autumn Collection, bringing warmth and understated elegance to the season

W

e’re delighted to introduce Isabel Bay’s Autumn Collection – a carefully curated range designed to bring warmth, elegance and timeless style to the season ahead. Every piece has been made entirely in England, reflecting our commitment to supporting skilled local manufacturers and celebrating exceptional British craftsmanship. Throughout the collection, you’ll find carefully sourced materials from across the country, including worsted wool woven in Leeds, lace from Nottingham, printed silk from Sussex and sustainably made corozo buttons from the Cotswolds. Clementina Dress – Black One of the standout pieces of the collection, the Clementina Dress is made at our London atelier from 100% worsted wool and beautifully finished with intricate embroidery and beadwork by the renowned Hand & Lock. Ophelia Blouse Crafted from soft 100% Supima cotton lawn, the Ophelia Blouse features delicate Nottingham lace, hand-finished pin tucks and a statement front frill, all expertly brought together at our London atelier. 300 AUGUST 2026

Celestia Tunic The Celestia Tunic combines beautifully woven worsted wool with appliqué velvet ric rac detailing and a luxurious cupro-viscose twill lining, showcasing the craftsmanship at the heart of Isabel Bay. Rosalia Blouse Made from beautifully printed silk crepe de chine from Sussex, the Rosalia Blouse is finished with hand-dyed corozo buttons and carefully made at our London atelier. The Isabel Bay Autumn Collection is available to explore now at isabelbay.co.uk, with pre-orders opening on 1st September 2026. Every design has been created to celebrate British craftsmanship, exceptional materials and timeless style, resulting in pieces that are made to be worn, treasured and loved for years to come.


R U N YA R O : W H E R E C U LT U R E M E E T S L U X U R Y

“From nostalgic cassette tapes to timeless leather silhouettes, RUNYARO creates statement accessories for those who were never meant to blend in.”

RUNYARO is a luxury accessories brand where music, culture, and craftsmanship come together. Founded by visionary designer Runyaro, the brand transforms nostalgic symbols into bold, modern statements, most notably through its signature cassette tape handbag. What began as an original idea has grown into an internationally recognized fashion story. RUNYARO

has appeared at New York Fashion Week, been featured in British Vogue, and gained attention after filmmaker Spike Lee carried the brand’s gold cassette bag at the Oscars. Each piece is designed with intention, blending artistic detail, premium materials, and a distinctive sense of individuality. The collection speaks to those who appreciate

fashion that feels personal, memorable, and unlike anything else. With new designs on the horizon, including a versatile unisex fourcassette bag, RUNYARO continues to redefine wearable art. More than an accessory, RUNYARO is a celebration of creativity, culture, and the confidence to stand apart in every unforgettable moment.

Website: www.runyaro.com | Instagram: @Runyaro


FASHION & BEAUTY

Dr. Nebras

Honorary Doctor of Science | MSc Aesthetics | Beauty Queen – Beauty and Brain UK

N

ebras has dedicated more than three decades to the beauty and aesthetics industry, building a reputation based on excellence, innovation, and patient care. What began as a passion has evolved into one of London’s trusted names in non-surgical aesthetic medicine, where science, artistry, and safety come together to deliver exceptional results. As the founder of Nebras Clinic, located in the heart of West London, she has transformed the clinic into more than a treatment centre—it is a recognised academy, training future practitioners to the highest professional standards while continually introducing advanced aesthetic

302 AUGUST 2026

techniques. Her commitment to quality has earned multiple awards and recognition for excellence in health, safety, and outstanding client care. Today, clients travel from across the UK, Europe, and the Middle East, placing their trust in her expertise and personalised approach. Beyond her professional achievements, Nebras was proudly selected by Beauty and Brain UK to represent Iraq and was awarded the title of Beauty Queen. This recognition celebrates not only beauty, but also leadership, confidence, education, and the positive influence she brings to her community. She believes that true beauty is reflected through knowledge, compassion, and empowering others. At Nebras Clinic, she specialises in advanced non-surgical facial rejuvenation, including thread lifting, skin regeneration, laser treatments, injectables, and innovative anti-ageing procedures. Every treatment is carefully tailored to achieve natural, elegant, and safe results. Alongside her clinical work, Nebras is passionate about education, mentoring, and supporting women to build confidence through aesthetic care. Her mission is to inspire others by proving that dedication, continuous learning, and genuine care can transform not only appearances, but lives. .

“Also in 2026, there were celebrations when Dr Nebras was awarded ‘Miss Iraq’ by Beauty & Brains UK in their prestigious beauty pageant - celebrating successful women in business”

THE DETAILS For more information and a full list of treatments, visit nebrasclinic.co.uk Nebras Clinic & Academy, 22–24 Norland Road, London, W11 4TR info@nebrasclinic.co.uk Tel: 0203 411 3000 Mob: 07736 741700


NEBRAS CLINIC AESTHETICS & BEAUTY

At Nebras Clinic, we transform every beauty journey with over 25 years of excellence in non-invasive aesthetics. Recognized with an award in 2024, an award in 2025, and an award again for outstanding service, our clinic stands as a trusted destination for transformation, empowerment, and well-being. Our expert team places clients at the heart of everything, tailoring each treatment to enhance natural beauty and confidence. Nebras Clinic is more than a place for treatments—it is a sanctuary where science, artistry, and care meet. Our luxury services include body treatments, anti-wrinkle injections, dermal fillers, PRP therapy, facial rejuvenation, massage, laser hair & tags removal, eyelash and eyebrow design, and our signature non-surgical facelift by threads. BEST CEO OF THE YEAR AWARD MAY 2026 – MAY 2027

In addition, we provide accredited training courses offering hands-on experience, equipping professionals with the skills to thrive in the aesthetics industry.

In recognition of outstanding ambition and significant accomplishments in the business world Best CEO Awards Committee

At Nebras Clinic, beauty and expertise unite. For our full list of treatments and training courses, please visit www.nebrasclinic.co.uk Tel: 0203 411 3000 | Mob: 07736 741700 | info@nebrasclinic.co.uk 22-24 Norland Rd, London W11 4TR


FASHION & BEAUTY

Brows by Sarah

T

he best beauty treatments are often the ones nobody notices and that’s exactly the philosophy behind Brows by Sarah. What started as a passion for helping clients feel more confident in their own skin has grown into one of the UK’s most recognised names in semi-permanent makeup. Today, Brows by Sarah is known for its signature ombré brows: soft, natural-looking brows that enhance rather than dominate the face. It’s an approach that has become increasingly popular as clients move away from heavily defined, one-size-fits-all beauty trends in favour of treatments that feel more personal and bespoke. Based on the belief that great brows should complement an individual’s features, Sarah Amelia Fogg has built a loyal client base that includes everyone from models to celebrities and influencers. Her work has become particularly sought after for its subtle finish, with many clients travelling long distances to achieve the coveted Brows by Sarah look. As demand has grown, so has the business. What began as a single clinic has expanded to locations across Altrincham, North Manchester, Warrington and London, with a team

304 AUGUST 2026

of artists trained in Sarah’s signature techniques. Despite the growth, the focus remains the same: creating brows that feel bespoke to every client who walks through the door. Beyond the treatment room, Sarah has expanded the Brows by Sarah brand with an award-winning collection of brow products that have become everyday essentials for many of her clients. Designed to enhance natural brows, the range bridges the gap between professional treatments and daily maintenance. From adding colour and shape to creating a fuller-looking finish, the products have been developed with the same attention to detail that has made the clinic so successful. Sarah is also the founder of Alpha Academy, where she trains the next generation of artists, helping both beginners and established professionals develop their skills and master modern brow techniques. In an industry that is constantly evolving, Brows by Sarah has earned its reputation by staying true to the simple philosophy that beautiful brows don’t need to be obvious. They just need to be right for the person wearing them. brows-by-sarah.com

“Designed to enhance natural brows, the range bridges the gap between professional treatments and daily maintenance”


FASHION & BEAUTY

LONDO

FASHION L

ondo Fashion is quietly redefining what it means to experience affordable luxury in the heart of the capital. Based in London, the brand has cultivated a distinctive identity rooted in craftsmanship, authenticity, and a deep appreciation for locally sourced materials. Specialising in ladieswear, Londo Fashion offers a carefully curated selection of clothing that feels both individual and timeless, appealing to women who value style without compromising on substance. At the core of the brand is an unwavering emphasis on quality. Each piece is thoughtfully designed and produced with close attention to detail, ensuring that garments not only look refined but also stand the test of time. By sourcing materials locally, Londo Fashion supports regional artisans and suppliers while maintaining a level of control that guarantees consistency and excellence across every collection. Complementing its clothing range is a striking selection of real leather accessories, including shoes and handbags that embody understated sophistication. Crafted from premium leather, these pieces are designed to elevate everyday outfits while offering durability and comfort. The brand’s accessories reflect a commitment to traditional techniques, fused with modern design sensibilities, resulting in products that feel both luxurious and accessible. What sets Londo Fashion apart is its ability to bridge the gap between exclusivity and

306 AUGUST 2026

“At the core of the brand is an unwavering emphasis on quality. Each piece is thoughtfully designed and produced with close attention to detail, ensuring that garments not only look refined but also stand the test of time”

affordability. Rather than following fast-moving trends, the company focuses on creating pieces that carry a sense of individuality—items that feel personal, distinctive, and effortlessly elegant. This approach resonates with a growing audience of women seeking wardrobe staples that offer longevity and character. In a city renowned for its dynamic fashion scene, Londo Fashion stands out by staying true to its values: quality over quantity, authenticity over mass production, and style with purpose. It is this dedication that positions the brand as a compelling presence in the world of affordable luxury, offering customers not just clothing and accessories, but a refined expression of modern femininity. info@londofashion.co.uk


FASHION & BEAUTY

ANI Skincare:

A Gentle Ritual, Born in the Cotswolds

I

n a beauty world of ever-changing trends and complicated routines, ANI Skincare offers something refreshingly simple: a kinder way to care for skin. Born from a love of nature and created in the heart of the Cotswolds, ANI was born from founder Joanna’s personal search for skincare that was both natural and genuinely effective. Unable to find products that suited her own sensitive, discerning skin, she began creating formulations using carefully selected plant-based ingredients, believing that skincare should work in harmony with the skin, not against it. Today, every ANI product is still thoughtfully formulated and made entirely in-house in the Cotswolds. Rich botanical oils and naturally derived ingredients are blended with intention, creating uncomplicated skincare that delivers visible results while remaining beautifully gentle. But ANI is about more than what goes into each bottle. For Joanna, skincare is a daily ritual rather than another task to complete. It is an opportunity to pause, breathe and reconnect with yourself. Warming a few drops of face oil between your hands, inhaling the natural botanicals and taking a quiet moment before the day begins becomes an act of self-kindness—a gentle reminder that caring for yourself is never an indulgence, but a necessity. That philosophy sits at the heart of the brand.

308 AUGUST 2026

Clean. Kind. Honest. Free from judgement and unnecessary complication, ANI invites people to embrace skincare with confidence, regardless of age or skin type. It is about creating moments of calm as much as healthy, radiant skin. Inspired by the timeless beauty of the Cotswolds and guided by a belief in the restorative power of nature, ANI celebrates a slower, more thoughtful approach to beauty. Every bottle reflects the brand’s belief that the most effective skincare doesn’t have to be complicated—it simply has to be made with integrity, using ingredients that nature intended. In a world that rarely slows down, ANI offers something quietly powerful: permission to pause, take a breath and show yourself a little love, one simple ritual at a time.

Joanna is the founder of ANI Skincare.an independent British skincare brand, creating clean plant- based formulations from its Cotswold studio. Inspired by nature and the restorative power of daily rituals, every ANI Product is thoughtfully made in-house using carefully selected botanical ingredients.

“Skincare should never feel complicated. It should be a moment of kindness you give yourself every day.” — Joanna, Founder of ANI


FASHION & BEAUTY

Scissors Palace Five decades of expertise. Loved by locals. Trusted by celebrities.Your destination for post-summer hair and skin rescue.

S

ome places simply become part of a neighbourhood. For almost five decades, Scissors Palace has been exactly that—a destination where generations of clients have walked through the doors seeking not only exceptional hair and beauty services, but a place that truly feels like home. From loyal local families to internationally recognised faces, our chairs have welcomed people from every walk of life, all looking for one thing: outstanding results delivered with genuine care. Our philosophy has never been about following trends for the sake of it—it has always been about creating healthy hair, radiant skin and timeless confidence. Every appointment is tailored with expertise built over decades of hands-on salon experience, where craftsmanship, innovation and personalised care come together beautifully. As summer draws to a close, there’s no better time to give your hair and skin the reset they deserve. Sunshine, salt water, chlorine and endless heat can leave even the healthiest hair dehydrated, dull and lacking vitality, while skin often craves deep hydration and repair. At Scissors Palace, we specialise in restoring everything summer has taken away. Whether it’s precision cutting, bespoke colour, deeply nourishing reconstruction treatments, laser hair therapy, scalp detox rituals or luxurious skin treatments—including hydrating facials, LED rejuvenation and bespoke skincare using our award-recognised CHIC by dmo collection— everything you need is under one roof.

310 AUGUST 2026

Our clients often describe Scissors Palace as their home away from home. Relax into one of our signature chairs, enjoy refreshments, unwind in our calm surroundings and let our experienced team take care of the rest. Beauty should never feel rushed—it should feel effortless, restorative and enjoyable. For nearly fifty years we’ve built our reputation on consistency, honesty and exceptional service, making us one of West London’s most loved salons by both local residents and celebrity clientele alike.

EXCLUSIVE WELCOME OFFER FOR NEW READERS Until 30th September: Every mum booking any colour service at Scissors Palace will receive 50% OFF her child’s haircut (ages 0–10).

CONTACT & VISIT US Scissors Palace 122 Holland Park Avenue London W11 4UA Telephone: 020 7221 4004 Email: reception@scissorspalace.co.uk Website: scissorspalacelondon.com Instagram: @scissorspalacehp Facebook: Scissors Palace


FASHION & BEAUTY

The Woman Who Just Needed Her Very Own Style

S

he has never made the same piece twice - and she never will. That’s not a promise. It’s a signature. Sheila Westera has spent a lifetime around fine jewellery. First through family, where she came to know this field intimately; later through study, though it took her almost a lifetime to accept what she already was - a jewellery artist by heart, one determined never to add just another ring with a stone onto the market. Originality has always mattered to her more than approval. When she started out, everything looked the same. It took years to find a style that didn’t. That style is entirely her own invention: handbuilt sculpted jewels in silver, 14k gold-filled, or 18k gold, often shaped around a single stone - sometimes more - until the piece finds its very own personality. She creates individual jewels to guarantee exclusivity, so no two pieces are alike. Her work is an expression of her soul, one that attracts like-minded people. Her Conversation Pieces collection - named after strangers stopping her clients on the street to ask about their jewellery - captures that instinct at its purest. Her pieces carry a certain distinction: bold or elegant, witty or more serious, they make people turn their heads. Her clients describe her

312 AUGUST 2026

work as “raw and glamorous,” and it’s not hard to see why. The recognition has followed. In 2025 alone, Westera picked up three awards at Venice Designweek for her contemporary wearable artworks, where she expresses herself to the fullest, blurring the line between jewellery and sculpture. In many of her soulful pieces, she also uses found objects - materials that ask for more dialogue, not less. What runs through all of it is intention. Westera doesn’t design to follow trends - she designs for women daring enough not to. Her jewellery is made for those who want to feel powerful wearing it, and who have never wanted to blend in. One stone, one soul, one piece at a time. Instagram: @sheilawestera Website: sheilawestera.com

“Her Conversation Pieces collection named after strangers stopping her clients on the street to ask about their jewellery captures that instinct at its purest”


Sheila Westera is a jewellery artist who creates a different type of jewellery – which was always the point. One-off individual treasures, built around a stone, original, where no two pieces are ever alike. Never repeated. Always recognisable.

She invented her own wire techniques and works in silver, 14k gold-filled, or 18k gold. Each statement jewel or cocktail ring carries its own strong personality — bold but refined, elegance with an edge. Her jewels from the Conversation Pieces collection are intuitive, sculptural, and unrepeatable. Growing up surrounded by fine jewellery from a young age, she set out to build a signature style entirely her own — artist- and soul-driven, jewels created out of a need to express herself. She refuses to blend in with everyone else, so her pieces are made for those who like to stand out from the crowd, in a great way. instagram: @sheilawestera | website: www.sheilawestera.com


FASHION & BEAUTY

Heritage Meets Artistry: Antana Styles Reimagines the ‘Twilly’ with Scottish Tartan and Hand-Block Print

D

esigned and crafted in Scotland, Antana Styles announces its latest collection of limited-edition accessories. By blending the structured geometry of traditional tartan with the artisanal “perfect imperfection” of hand-block printing, the brand is modernising heritage textile processes to create one-of-a-kind pieces. Expanding beyond their signature ‘Scout Scarf,’ the new collection introduces the Antana Twilly. A versatile, narrow scarf crafted from 100% British wool and organic cotton, the twilly is designed to bridge the gap between casual and formal elegance. “The ‘pussy bow’ style we have created with our tartan twilly is also known as a lavallière,” says cofounder Antonia. “Inspired by the Duchess of La Vallière and the 19th-century French intellectuals, it’s a look that brings a sense of history into a modern wardrobe.” While the block-printed twillies offer a soft, feminine feel, the tartan versions provide a more sculptural silhouette. “The structure and warmth of the wool plays perfectly to the heritage trend,” adds co-founder Susanna. “It’s about celebrating the slow, precise craft of both textiles.”

314 AUGUST 2026

“The brand is modernising heritage textile processes to create one-ofa-kind pieces” The Antana Twilly can be worn in several different ways including: • A Handbag Accessory: Tightly wrapping a twilly around handbag handles protects the leather from oils and wear, while adding colour. Tying a twilly into a bow on the base of a handle adds a feminine touch. • A Hair Style/Headband: Wearing it over the top of the head for a chic, boho look or wrapping the twilly around a hair tie or weaving it into a braid adds an elegant accent to an outfit. • As a Lavallière: Tied as a classic pussy-bow or draped loosely as a necktie. It can also be paired with a brooch or tucked into a shirt. • A Belt or Wristlet: Tying the twilly around the wrist as a bracelet adds a pop of colour to the arm. Using the longer tartan twilly or tying two twillies together as a belt. antanastyles.com

About Antana Styles Antana Styles is a Perthshire based accessories brand dedicated to Scottish heritage and artisanal hand-block printing. Each piece is a celebration of slow fashion, designed for those who want to add personality and artistry to their everyday style. The process in both techniques is precise and slow. Due to this, each piece is special. Sustainable Craftsmanship: Antana Styles remains committed to a smallbatch, low-waste philosophy. By utilising remnant fabrics and organic materials, the brand ensures that every accessory is not only unique but also environmentally conscious


FASHION & BEAUTY

316 AUGUST 2026


FASHION & BEAUTY

GIACINTO COLICCI

BEFORE

I

AFTER

am Italian, and I grew up surrounded by art, history, and beauty inevitably woven into everyday life. From architecture and sculpture to paintings and design, aesthetic was never something separate. It was a way of seeing the world. This fertile environment shaped my eye for balance, harmony and elegance from an early age. As I progressed into my studies at university as a Nurse, I felt drawn to aesthetic medicine because it blends science with artistry. Becoming an aesthetic Nurse Practitioner allows me to combine the clinical expertise with a refined aesthetic touch, helping people feel confident while enhancing their natural features with care, precision, and respect for uniqueness. I specialise in nonsurgical aesthetic treatments that enhance natural beauty while preserving individuality. My focus includes advanced injectable treatments, skin rejuvenation, and facial harmonisation, always guided by a thorough understanding of facial anatomy and patient safety, I always take a personalised approach, carefully assessing each clients’ feature goals, and lifestyle to deliver subtle, balanced and long-lasting results. My practice is rooted in precision, ethics, and ongoing education, ensuring every treatment plan is tailored and evidence based. My signature is not transformation but refinement!!

318 AUGUST 2026

BEFORE

AFTER

My top treatment is one that enhances, never overwhelms. I believe the most beautiful results are harmonious, refined, and quietly powerful. Rather than chasing trends or exaggeration, our approach at Colicci Aesthetics focuses on balance, proportion and respect for everyone’s natural features. Every treatment is tailored to soften, refresh and restore- so you still look like you. True aesthetic medicine should not shout; it should whisper ELEGANCE. colicciaesthetics.co.uk

BEFORE

AFTER

“I believe the most beautiful results are harmonious, refined, and quietly powerful. Rather than chasing trends or exaggeration, our approach at Colicci Aesthetics focuses on balance, proportion and respect for everyone’s natural features”


ANTI- AGIN G SPECIALIS T, PROVIDIN G THE MODERN A P P ROAC H TO E V E R L A S T I N G YO U T H

This prestigious 5 star rated clinic located in the heart of Harley street is renowned for providing cosmetic treatments using cutting edge technologies and high quality products which deliver natural looking results. The reviews speak for themselves!

Schedule an appointment today: colicciaesthetics.co.uk | giacintocolicci@yahoo.it 104 Harley Street, London W1G 7JD


FEEL YOUR BEST. TAKE A DEEPER LOOK AT YOUR HEALTH. If you’re struggling with low energy, digestive issues, brain fog, poor sleep, weight changes, autoimmunity, or simply don’t feel like yourself, Nutritional Therapist and Functional Medicine Practitioner Tracy Tredoux can help. Rather than focusing on symptoms alone, Tracy takes a personalised, science-led approach to better understand your health. Using detailed consultations, advanced functional testing and tailored nutrition, supplement and lifestyle recommendations, she creates practical plans designed around you. With more than 10 years’ clinical experience, Tracy has helped hundreds of clients improve their health and has been featured in The Times, The Telegraph, The Guardian, Tatler, Metro, The Independent and the Evening Standard. Book a free discovery call to start your personalised health journey.

Website: www.tracytredoux.com Instagram: @tracytredouxhealth


HEALTH &

FITNESS – Everything you need to keep fit, healthy, and happy – I M A G E : TA N I TA


H EALTH & FITNESS

PUTTING PERSONAL CARE BACK AT THE HEART OF HEALTHCARE

I

n today’s fast-paced world, finding the time to prioritise our health can be a challenge. Long waiting times, rushed appointments and increasing demands on healthcare services often leave patients feeling unheard. At Garden Suburb Health & Wellness, located in the heart of Hampstead Garden Suburb, healthcare is built around a different philosophy—one that places people, not appointments, at the centre of every consultation. Situated at 151 North End Road, NW11 7HT, Garden Suburb Health & Wellness provides accessible, high-quality private GP services for individuals and families across North London. The clinic combines traditional family medicine with a modern, flexible approach, offering inperson consultations, home visits and secure video appointments to suit today’s busy lifestyles. Patients also benefit from same-day appointments and extended opening hours, helping them access medical advice when they need it most. Preventative healthcare is a cornerstone of the clinic’s philosophy. Rather than simply treating illness, the team encourages patients to take a proactive approach to their wellbeing

328 AUGUST 2026

“The clinic combines traditional family medicine with a modern, flexible approach, offering inperson consultations, home visits and secure video appointments to suit today’s busy lifestyles”

through comprehensive health checks, lifestyle advice and personalised care plans. From routine medical consultations and health screenings to vaccinations, sexual health services and minor procedures, the clinic provides a wide range of services under one roof. Led by Dr Harry Greenberg, the practice is committed to delivering evidence-based medicine with compassion and continuity of care. Every patient is given the time to discuss their concerns, understand their treatment options and make informed decisions about their health. This personalised approach has helped the clinic establish a strong reputation for professional, patient-focused care within the local community. As healthcare continues to evolve, the importance of trusted, accessible local medical services has never been greater. Garden Suburb Health & Wellness demonstrates that outstanding healthcare is about more than diagnosis and treatment—it is about building relationships, promoting wellbeing and supporting healthier communities for the long term. For residents of Hampstead Garden Suburb, Golders Green and the surrounding areas, the clinic represents a reassuring reminder that quality healthcare can still be personal, compassionate and centred around the individual. gardensuburbhealth.com


H EALTH & FITNESS

HOW CROMWELL HOSPITAL HELPED A YOUNG RUGBY PLAYER BACK ON THE PITCH

A

s a teenager, Aaryan faced a difficult decision after suffering a serious knee injury while playing rugby. He could either ignore the problem and hope it improved or seek specialist treatment to protect his future mobility and sporting ambitions. Recognising the potential long-term impact of the injury, Aaryan and his family turned to Cromwell Hospital, where he was treated by Mr Saket Tibrewal, Consultant Trauma and Orthopaedic Surgeon. Following a thorough assessment, Mr Tibrewal performed ACL reconstruction surgery and repaired the lateral collateral ligament complex, restoring stability to Aaryan’s knee and helping to prevent further damage. Although recovery meant time away from rugby, Aaryan focused on the bigger picture. Through specialist surgical care and rehabilitation, he made an excellent recovery and is now looking forward to returning to the sport he loves. Reflecting on his experience, Aaryan believes seeking treatment early was one of the most important decisions he has made. “I think it’s very important to understand that if you’re injured, you should take a break, because 30 years down the line, you could be in a lot of pain 330 AUGUST 2026

“I think it’s very important to understand that if you’re injured, you should take a break, because 30 years down the line, you could be in a lot of pain just because of one small injury that you had when you were in your teenage years”

just because of one small injury that you had when you were in your teenage years.” Aaryan’s experience reflects a challenge faced by many young people. Whether it is a sporting injury, persistent joint pain, or a more complex musculoskeletal condition, prompt access to specialist care can have a lasting impact on mobility, confidence, and quality of life. At Cromwell Hospital, families can access specialist paediatric orthopaedic care for children and adolescents. The team treats a wide range of conditions, including injuries to scoliosis, hip disorders, and lower limb conditions. Children requiring surgery are cared for in Skyline, the hospital’s dedicated paediatric ward, while specialist physiotherapists support recovery and help young patients return to school, sport, and everyday activities. By combining specialist expertise, advanced diagnostics, and personalised rehabilitation, Cromwell Hospital helps children recover confidently and protect their long-term health and mobility. Find out more about paediatric orthopaedic care at Cromwell Hospital: cromwellhospital.com/ortho or call 020 7244 4886.


BEYOND THE ADHD HEADLINES:

WHY UNDERSTANDING HOW YOUR BRAIN WORKS CAN CHANGE YOUR LIFE

“I know what I need to do. I just can’t seem to do it.” IT’S A FRUSTRATION SHARED BY MORE PEOPLE THAN MANY REALISE. It may be the university student staring at an assignment they desperately want to start but simply cannot begin. It could be the business owner juggling endless responsibilities, or the professional who works long hours yet still feels permanently behind. For others, it’s watching a bright teenager struggle with organisation, deadlines and growing anxiety. In recent years, ADHD has become one of the most talkedabout topics in health and wellbeing. Increased awareness has encouraged more people to seek support and helped reduce the stigma surrounding neurodiversity. Yet according to Neurodiversity, ADHD and Life Coach Salvatore Circelli, the real conversation goes far beyond diagnosis. “Understanding how your brain works is one of the most valuable things you can do,” he explains. “Whether someone has ADHD or not, learning how to work with their natural strengths rather than against them can be life changing.”

At the heart of many daily challenges are what psychologists call executive functions. These are the mental skills responsible for planning, prioritising, organising, managing time, maintaining focus and regulating emotions. They influence everything from meeting deadlines at work to managing family life, studying effectively and achieving personal goals. When executive functioning is challenged, even highly intelligent and capable individuals can find themselves procrastinating, feeling overwhelmed or struggling to


“Watching someone realise they aren’t failing, they’re simply approaching challenges in the wrong way for them, can be transformative. Once they understand what works best for their brain, they often achieve far more than they thought possible.” While ADHD has brought executive functioning into the spotlight, these skills are relevant to everyone. Parents supporting children through school, students preparing for exams, entrepreneurs managing growing businesses and professionals balancing demanding careers can all benefit from greater self-awareness.

follow through on tasks. Many assume this is a lack of motivation or discipline, but the reality is often very different. Throughout more than 30 years in education and coaching, Salvatore has worked with adolescents, university students and adults who have spent years questioning their abilities. Alongside his private practice in Hampstead, Harley Street and online, he serves as Neurodiversity and Wellbeing Coach at Istituto Marangoni London, supporting students from around the world studying fashion, design and business. One common theme emerges repeatedly: potential and performance do not always go hand in hand. “Some of the brightest people I work with have spent years believing something was wrong with them,” says Salvatore. “Often, they simply haven’t been using strategies that suit the way they think and learn.” Many of his clients arrive feeling frustrated by procrastination, perfectionism, poor time management or a constant sense of underachievement. Some have recently received an ADHD diagnosis, while others simply recognise patterns that have followed them throughout their lives. The encouraging news is that these challenges are not necessarily fixed. By understanding how attention, motivation and organisation work, people can develop practical strategies that make everyday life significantly easier. This might involve breaking large projects into smaller steps, creating systems that reduce overwhelm, developing routines that support focus or learning techniques to manage anxiety and perfectionism. For Salvatore, one of the most rewarding aspects of coaching is seeing confidence grow alongside performance.

As awareness continues to grow, Salvatore hopes the discussion will become less about labels and more about understanding. “The goal isn’t to become someone else,” he says. “It’s to understand yourself better. When people stop comparing themselves to how they think they should function and start working with how they actually function, everything can change.” Ultimately, understanding how your brain works is not simply about overcoming challenges. It’s about unlocking potential, building confidence and creating a more productive and fulfilling life.

ABOUT SALVATORE CIRCELLI Salvatore Circelli is a Neurodiversity, ADHD and Life Coach with more than 30 years’ experience in education and coaching. He works with adolescents and adults to improve focus, organisation, confidence, wellbeing and performance. Salvatore practises in Hampstead, Harley Street and online, and is Neurodiversity and Wellbeing Coach commissioned specifically to work at St Pauls School & Istituto Marangoni London.

HAMPSTEAD First Floor Suite 62 Rosslyn Hill London, NW3 1ND

HARLEY STREET Pinero House 115a Harley Street London, W1G 6AR

0207 433 8057 • www.dccclinical.com


H EALTH & FITNESS

Why your scales should tell you more than just your weight

F

or many of us, stepping on the scales has become part of our daily routine. But while your weight can change from one day to the next, it doesn’t always tell the full story. Muscle gain, hydration, exercise and even the time of day can all affect the number you see, which is why more people are looking beyond weight alone to better understand their health. That’s where TANITA comes in. For over 70 years, TANITA has been helping people gain a clearer picture of their wellbeing through advanced body composition technology. As the company behind the world’s first body fat monitor, TANITA has become a trusted name for everyone from healthcare professionals and elite athletes to families looking to take control of their health at home. Instead of simply telling you how much you weigh, TANITA body composition monitors provide a much deeper understanding of what’s happening inside your body. Depending on the model, they can measure body fat percentage, muscle mass, body water, visceral fat, bone mass, metabolic age and more, helping you see how your body is changing over time. This means you can celebrate the progress that traditional scales often miss. If you’ve started exercising, for example, you may be building muscle while reducing body fat, meaning your weight stays the same even though you’re becoming healthier. With TANITA, you’ll be able to see those positive changes and stay motivated. Whether you’re trying to lose weight, improve

334 AUGUST 2026

your fitness, support your health during menopause, train for an event or simply make healthier lifestyle choices, having access to accurate information can help you make better decisions and stay focused on your goals. Many TANITA models also connect to the free MyTANITA app, allowing you to store your results, track your progress and monitor trends over weeks, months and years. Instead of concentrating on a single weigh-in, you can see how small changes to your diet, exercise routine and lifestyle are making a real difference. Health isn’t about chasing a number on the scales—it’s about understanding your body and making informed choices that help you feel your best. By combining decades of Japanese innovation with clinically trusted technology, TANITA gives you the tools to do exactly that. Because when you know what’s happening inside your body, you’re in a much better position to achieve your health and fitness goals. tanita.co.uk


Just Artificial are the UK’s leading supplier of Luxurious Artificial Plants, Trees, Faux Flowers and related accessories for your homes, offices, workspaces, public, private & hospitality sectors. We’ve worked with interior designers, decorators, set dressers, architects, homeowners and more to set your space apart from the rest. Our products are realistically pleasing in detail to both the eye and touch, as well as being durable and virtually maintenance free. All year round beauty. UK, EU & Worldwide Delivery. We also offer Bespoke Hand Built Trees, Fire Retardant and UV Protected exterior stock ranges too.

www.justartificial.co.uk | Email sales@justartificial.co.uk | (01524) 963226


HOUSE & GARDEN – A collection of London’s finest house and garden companies – I M AG E : C H A P L I N S


H OUSE & GARDEN

[SHOPPING]

INTERIORS SQUARED UP Our Vinson dark wooden bedside table with storage drawer will be a gorgeous addition to your bedroom. A vintage retro 1930s inspired design with the dark walnut colour, brass drawer pull knob, tapered legs and simple shape, the Vinson will bring class and character to your room. furniturebox.co.uk

ELEVATE YOUR INTERIOR Elevate your interior with the Reya Dark Wood Console Table. The console table comprises 2 spacious drawers, and an ample tabletop, perfect for a table lamp or your favourite home accessories. ruma.co.uk

SPACE SAVER The Model 08 2-seater sofa bed can easily be transformed into a standard UK double bed. With a thick soft foam mattress, it’s the ideal comfort for small spaces. swyfthome.com

COCKTAIL HOUR Indulge in the perfect blend of style and functionality, lovingly made in Vietnam. ruma.co.uk 338 AUGUST 2026

WHIMSICAL WONDER Add a touch of whimsy to your table with this charming Elephant Carousel Candlestick Holder. Intricately detailed and full of vintage-inspired character, it’s a striking decorative piece that brings warmth, personality and a playful sense of nostalgia to any setting. rockettstgeorge.co.uk


H OUSE & GARDEN

A Healthier Home:

Interior design for better well-being

T

he human mind is an incredibly powerful, insightful and opulent component within our biological composition. Often neglected, its nurturing takes a back seat to the everyday distractions which misleadingly seem more important. Our mental state is a crucial factor in the mechanism of our movements, actions and the way in which we approach life’s obstacles. There are many ways in which our mental agility can be altered to determine conflicting outcomes of neutral situations. When our mind’s equilibrium is affected, so are our actions. It’s therefore within our best interest to invest the time into protecting and stimulating our brains at all times to ensure that they are healthy and elevated, regardless of the negativity that may surround us. Many factors contribute to our health, happiness and emotional well-being. From the types of food we consume, the amount of exercise we practice, to the types of people we choose to surround ourselves with. All of which contribute to our own personal journey of contentment. However, one of the fundamental and often

340 AUGUST 2026

underestimated factors is the environment we choose to situate ourselves in. Scientifically proven, our living space can influence our emotional state of mind in both a negative and positive manner. Interior design can have the power to systematically improve our moods through clever use of colours, fabrics and furniture feng shui. Tranquil shades, stimulating surface textures and resourceful organisational units can all contribute to the make-up of a healthier habitat, resulting in a happier and more positive you. Colour Co-Ordinated: When it comes to colour,

“Scientifically proven, our living space can influence our emotional state of mind in both a negative and positive manner”


choosing the correct kind is essential to achieving a positive ambience within a home. Colours visually stimulate us, causing brain cells to react and triggering a torrent of unleashed emotions. Not only do different colours impact our feelings, but the amount of exposure we have to certain shades can also affect the chemical imbalance within our brains. Incorporating colour into a living space should be done with precision and attention to detail. Avoid overindulgence of certain shades and misuse of garish tones, as they can hinder the potential of a prosperous space. Tranquillity can be achieved through clever use of soft serene shades. Incorporating pastel tones such as blues, greens and lilacs into a contemporary living space can result in a calmer and more relaxed environment. This clever colour scheme can be transitioned throughout the home, although it is particularly recommended within areas intended for recreational rest. Organised Interiors: In life, organisation gives us the ability to take control of situations in order to attain positive experiences. It can give us a clear direction and thought process of obstacles ahead, making life a more pleasurable journey. When it comes to our living space, organising physical objects can lead to clearer paths both in reality and within our minds. Structuring a household by decluttering and strategically tidying can help with stress reduction, productivity and emotional elevation. Stylish contemporary sideboards, offer an elegant way to keep living spaces organised and clutter-free. Visually striking on the outside and highly practical within, they provide valuable storage while contributing to a calmer, more

considered home. Let There Be Light: Another contributing factor that has a negative impact on our emotional state of mind is a lack of light. Dark and dingy spaces can psychologically affect our mood, causing it to go into a spiral and effectively weaken. Modern lighting can play a vital role when it comes to elevating interior ambience. Incorporating an array of lighting solutions within your home can effectively improve moods while visually enhancing interiors. Let magical designs guide you out of the darkness and into a more uplifting setting. As visually striking as it is functional, its reflective structure and multitude of light sources cast a warm, radiant glow, instantly brightening any living space. A Breath Of Fresh Air: While we’re exploring how improving things externally can help internally, let’s look beyond the four walls of our abodes. To truly turn a house into a home every inch must feel as if it were purpose-built... this includes the garden. Outdoor spaces are a place to breathe and enjoy nature’s natural calming properties, setting your exterior up to accommodate as much time spent in it as possible, while doing things usually reserved for inside is a bona fide way of improving your experience. chaplins.co.uk AUGUST 2026 341


H OUSE & GARDEN

AMPERSAND

A

mpersand is an award-winning practice specialising in luxury, residential interior design and interior architecture. With studios in London’s Chelsea design district and Edinburgh’s historic New Town, Ampersand creates thoughtfully designed, highly liveable, distinctly individual

342 AUGUST 2026

interiors throughout the UK and beyond. As Design Director Jackie Fisken champions eclectic creativity and exceptional workmanship. With over 35 years of experience, she is a highly influential presence in the world of interiors. The practice works on a small number of projects at a time – typically involving the design of entire homes – so that Jackie can bring her inspiration, expertise, and imagination to every commission. The team is headed up by Amy Ovenstone (London) and Bronte Robson (Edinburgh) with design always rooted in the personality and lifestyle of the client resulting in spaces that are entirely unique to each brief. “It takes an unerring eye, a sure grasp of design principles and a certain panache to pull off the kind of quirky, individual homes Jackie Fisken creates.” “Ampersand masterfully designs spaces that at once feel special and welcoming.” “Interior design can often fall into the trap of focusing on what looks fabulous now but which, with hindsight, will quickly turn stale. Ampersand’s beautifully idiosyncratic and distinctive homes show that putting the owners’ personality at the heart of the design will avoid this.” Ampersand is committed to a highly personal, tailored service that ensures every commission is both rewarding and enjoyable. The results are distinctive properties that look beautiful and are truly wonderful to live in.

THE DETAILS London Call 020 7349 7250. Unit 105, Worlds End Studios, 132-134 Lots Road, London, SW10 0RJ Edinburgh Call 0131 557 6634 73 Dublin Street, Edinburgh EH3 6NS Email enquiries@ampersandinteriors.co.uk Visit us at ampersandinteriors.co.uk


H OUSE & GARDEN

Famella: Crafting Exceptional Homes in London’s Prime Residential Market

I

n London’s most sought-after residential neighbourhoods, where architectural heritage meets contemporary living, the success of a refurbishment is defined by precision, quality and an uncompromising attention to detail. It is within this exacting environment that Famella has established itself as a truly respected name in the delivery of high-value private homes. Founded in 1994, the family-owned contractor has spent more than three decades reshaping and refining some of the capital’s most prestigious residences. Famella’s work encompasses complex refurbishments, basements, sensitive heritage restorations, bespoke extensions and carefully considered new-build homes. Each project is approached with a clear understanding of the expectations that accompany prime residential living, where design ambition must be matched by technical excellence and flawless execution. Quality sits at the core of Famella’s identity. Famella are recognised for its meticulous approach to craftsmanship, material selection and detailing, from complex structural interventions and basement construction through to bespoke joinery, specialist stonework and the seamless integration of building services. Every element is carefully coordinated to ensure consistency of finish and

344 AUGUST 2026

long-term performance, allowing architectural intent to be fully realised. Collaboration is equally fundamental to the firm’s success. Famella works closely with industry leading architects, interior designers and professional consultants, acting not only as the main contractor, but a technical partner throughout the construction process. Clear communication, transparency and a pragmatic approach to problem-solving enable Famella to manage complexity with confidence, ensuring projects progress smoothly from concept through to completion. In a sector where reputation is built over decades, Famella’s longevity speaks to the strength of its reputation. Famella continues to demonstrate that prime residential construction is not simply about transformation, but about creating refined, enduring homes that are delivered on time with intelligence, craftsmanship and a deep respect for both design and client aspiration. 01992 893068; info@famella.co.uk; famella.co.uk; Instagram: @famellabuildingcontractors


For those who believe a beautifully set table is an art form, Pretty Homestyle offers an exquisite edit of home décor — from heirloom-quality linen napkins and hand-made bows to handpainted candles and home pieces. Born from Australian and English sensibilities, this female-run label brings a romantic, cottage-core charm to refined interiors, with pieces that feel as considered as they are beautiful. Internationally shipped and adored by stylists worldwide, Pretty Homestyle is also available to discerning boutique retailers through Faire wholesale. Elevate your home, one beautiful detail at a time. Shop the collection at prettyhomestyle.com www.prettyhomestyle.com www.prettyhomestyle.faire.com


SPECIALIST PLASTERING COMPANY ESTABLISHED FOR OVER 35 YEARS.


BEST PLASTER RESTORATION COMPANY SOUTH EAST ENGLAND BEST ORNAMENTAL PLASTERING SPECIALIST UK 2026 At London Plastercraft Ltd we have the widest range of stock cornice patterns anywhere - with over 200 Victorian patterns, more than 100 Edwardian and over 100 Georgian, along with many other modern and period designs. We are currently developing cornice patterns to incorporate L.E.D lighting and air conditions flow through designs. We have extensive experience in all fields of interior and exterior moulded work, commercial construction and refurbishment - including Historic Listed buildings, Castles, Churches, Theatres, Town halls, Restaurants and Bars, New build and Existing Houses and Domestic Properties. London Plastercraft Ltd provide the highest standard of service for all our customers both Domestic and Commercial.

Showroom Tel. 0207 736 5146 info@londonplastercraft.com 314 Wandsworth Bridge Road, London SW6 2UA


H OUSE & GARDEN

NATUREWALL BENDS THE RULES OF PANELLING

B

ritish wall panelling specialist Naturewall has launched its most versatile collection yet. Arborelle Flex brings together the architectural detailing of wall panelling with tall vertical slats, but a flexible backing ensures it can be used where traditional panelling can’t. Designed to wrap around curved walls and furniture, the range offers a more versatile approach to panelling, bringing a refined woodeffect finish into areas where traditional panels can’t be used. The collection is available in two finishes – Deep Walnut and Light Oak – and across three different style of slats: Fluted, Reeded and Slatted. It brings together the natural, calming appearance of wooden wall panelling with the adaptability modern interiors demand. A wipeable surface makes it particularly well suited to busy and high-traffic spaces, while straightforward adhesive installation allows homeowners to achieve a polished, design-led finish without requiring extensive building work.

348 AUGUST 2026

Charlie Farrar, Product Marketing Manager for Naturewall, said: “Arborelle Flex gives homeowners greater freedom to introduce the warmth and texture of wood-effect panelling into parts of the home that traditional rigid panels cannot always reach. The flexible backing means the panels can follow curved surfaces, opening up creative possibilities for everything from rounded walls and kitchen islands to cabinetry, furniture and bespoke interior features. “Arborelle Flex was created to make decorative panelling more accessible, versatile and easier to use throughout the home.” Each panel in the Arborelle Flex collection boasts a real-wood veneer with a MDF core, bringing texture and warmth to the home. While the Slatted finish brings structure and refinement, the Reeded range – which is inspired by traditional tambour panelling – delivers depth without overpowering a space. The Fluted finish is more refined, with gentle curves bringing movement to any space. naturewall.com


H OUSE & GARDEN

Through the looking glass Transforming glass into artwork for luxury interior design

T

he most powerful materials within a beautifully designed home are often the quietest. Where wood and stone can demand attention in a space, the effect of glass is much more subtle. The influence of glass, much like glassmaking itself, lies in careful control. Its artistry is in how it shapes the light, connects rooms and dissolves boundaries. Similarly, the quality of the glasswork will depend entirely on the execution. Clarity, tone, and silvering determine whether glass feels ordinary or exceptional. Glass offers more than just a reflection; it can change the perspective of a room, reframing how it is felt or experienced entirely. Through this lens, the glassmaker creates designs much like an artist would. The new collection from the century-old glass specialists Preedy Glass brings this idea to the forefront. Its latest collection, Visio, is reduced to its essentials. These frameless, handcrafted mirrors

350 AUGUST 2026


mean every detail is conveyed through artisan skill rather than decorative framing. Designed as a curated range of ready-to-buy statement pieces, the Visio Collection from Preedy Glass offers beautifully crafted mirrors and decorative glass without the need to commission a bespoke design. Each piece has been carefully developed and presented exactly as intended, transforming them from a functional object into a considered interior focal point, while maintaining the exceptional quality for which Preedy Glass is known. As with all glass from the London-based glass specialist, each piece is produced by experienced craftspeople using refined silvering and finishing techniques, ensuring the glass is as much a piece of art as it is functional. The range includes sleek contemporary designs, layered mirrors with striking three-dimensional effects, luxurious gold leaf mirrors and decorative mirrors that bring texture, depth and character to interior spaces. Together, they offer a versatile collection suitable for a wide variety of residential and commercial settings. Founded in 1913, London-based Preedy Glass built its reputation on bespoke architectural glass and mirror work. Over more than a century, the company has worked across sectors and materials, but the Visio Collection marks the first time it has

“The Visio Collection is part of the company’s long-standing commitment to supply glass for any purpose”

introduced ready-to-buy glass pieces designed as standalone works of art. As a fifth-generation family business specialising in high-end glass and mirror solutions, Preedy Glass combines traditional craftsmanship with continuous innovation, creating bespoke pieces for some of the most prestigious interiors, from multimillion-pound homes to football stadiums, luxury yachts, and set designs. The Visio Collection is part of the company’s long-standing commitment to supply glass for any purpose, from antique and tinted mirrors, decorative glass for wall art, TV mirrors, stained glass, as well as anti-reflective and switchable privacy glass. Sustainability sits at the heart of the business, with recycled industrial and bottle glass often repurposed into new designs, helping preserve both materials and a legacy of artisan craftsmanship for future generations. Throughout its history, Preedy Glass has never been afraid to merge innovative techniques with traditional craftsmanship to build on its artisan legacy. The business recently welcomed its first non-family managing director, Andrea Millington, marking a new chapter for the company whilst continuing to embrace innovation. When glassmaking is approached with innovation and artistry combined, the result is glass that functions not simply as a material, but as a defining design feature within the home. To find out more about Preedy Glass or to learn more about its specialist glass, visit preedyglass.com or contact the team on 020 8965 1323 AUGUST 2026 351


H OUSE & GARDEN

The End of Plain Bedding? Linen stripes are taking over interiors for bedrooms, offering a wide and colourful range of comfortable and stylish bedding, curtains, nightwear, and towels. As a Certified B Corporation they are dedicated to honesty and transparency and have developed long-standing relationships with their suppliers in Portugal and the UK, collaborating closely on manufacturing processes, packaging, and wastemanagement. This ensures that their products are ethically made, durable, and have minimal impact on the planet. They have also been investing in offsetting their operational carbon footprint for the past three years and remain committed to doing so in the future. Secret Linen Store looks forward to a future where everyone can enjoy a great night’s sleep in very comfortable beds, whilst also having a clear conscience. Is it bedtime yet? secretlinenstore.com

W

hile 100% linen continues to dominate interiors this season, it’s striped linen that’s seeing the biggest growth. At Secret Linen Store, the brand’s striped 100% linen bedding collection has seen popularity jump over the last three months, as customers move away from plains and embrace a more adventurous approach to mixing and matching within the home. Linen stripes bring softness and movement to a space, feeling less formal than traditional patterns while still remaining timeless and easy to style. The shift reflects a wider move towards interiors that feel layered, breathable and effortlessly lived-in, rather than overly styled or minimal.

ABOUT SECRET LINEN STORE Secret Linen Store is a British, family-owned, online retailer specialising in luxury bedroom textiles. Founded by sisters, Molly and Harriet, they have a passion for finding fabulous fabrics 352 AUGUST 2026

“Their products are ethically made, durable, and have minimal impact on the planet”


H OUSE & GARDEN

Simple Lighting Updates to Transform Your Home James Kendall of KES Lighting & Home shares affordable ways to refresh your space, from swapping fixtures and bulbs to creating a more layered lighting scheme. Highlight a feature with accent lighting Accent lighting is a simple but highly effective way to add depth and interest to a room. Using directional or adjustable lights allows you to draw attention to specific features such as open shelving, a decorative splashback, architectural details or a favourite piece of artwork. This technique is often used by interior designers to give a space a more layered and curated appearance. Adding subtle lighting to highlight these elements can make the room feel more thoughtfully designed without requiring any major structural changes. Even small additions, such as under cabinet lighting in the kitchen or a spotlight positioned to illuminate a statement object, can make a noticeable difference. Switch out your fixtures One of the easiest ways to update a room is by upgrading your light fixtures. Over time, fittings can begin to look dated and swapping them for a more contemporary design can instantly modernise the space. Replacing an old pendant with a striking statement light above a dining table or kitchen island can dramatically change the character of the room and create a new focal point. Similarly, adding elegant wall lights can introduce an extra layer of lighting while also bringing a decorative element to the space. With so many styles available, from sleek modern finishes to classic designs in brass or glass, simply changing your fixtures can provide a quick yet impactful refresh. Change your bulbs Sometimes the smallest adjustments make the biggest difference. Switching to warm tone bulbs is one of the simplest ways to improve the atmosphere in your home. Many homes still use cooler white lighting, which can feel harsh and clinical, particularly in living spaces. Warm white bulbs create a softer, more welcoming glow that enhances natural materials and textures such as wood, stone and fabrics. This subtle change can instantly make living rooms, bedrooms and dining areas feel more comfortable and inviting, helping to create a relaxed environment that feels better suited to everyday living. 354 AUGUST 2026

Add stylish table lamps Table lamps are another quick and affordable way to refresh a room while also improving its lighting balance. Layered lighting is key to creating a comfortable and flexible space, and table lamps provide softer pools of light that help break up overhead lighting. Symmetry can also play an important role in creating a sense of harmony within a room. A matching pair of table lamps placed on bedside tables, a console table or a sideboard instantly creates a polished and cohesive look. This approach works particularly well in bedrooms and living rooms, where softer lighting helps establish a calm and relaxed atmosphere. keslighting.co.uk


English Fireplaces

Interiors by Oksana Knightley

Photo © Chris Snook 2022

englishfireplaces.co.uk

020 3179 9700

info@englishfireplaces.co.uk


H OUSE & GARDEN

Designing a Feeling

The Quiet Luxury of Truly Personal Interiors multiple parties are involved. Billy Dennis brings his extensive experience to every project personally, shaping each decision with a designer’s eye and a listener’s sensitivity. Clients are not guided toward a signature “look,” but rather toward a space that reflects who they are and how they live. The outcome is timeless rather than trendled— homes that evolve gracefully and continue to resonate for years to come. In a world where so much design feels formulaic, BD Interiors offers a refreshing alternative: interiors created with intention, care and genuine understanding. To begin your own design journey, book a complimentary 20-minute discovery call at bd-interiors.co/book-a-call

I

n an industry often driven by trends andquick visual impact, BD Interiors takes a more thoughtful path—one rooted in emotion, longevity and deeply personal design. Led by Billy Dennis, whose career spans more than two decades, this boutique studio offers something increasingly rare: a calm, considered approach where the client’s lifestyle is always at the centre. Based in Bromley and working across London, Kent and Surrey, BD Interiors serves clients who value not just how their home looks, but how it feels to live in. Their philosophy, “We Design a Feeling,” is more than a tagline—it’s a guiding principle. Each project begins with understanding the rhythms, preferences and personality of the people who will inhabit the space. The result is not a showcase of passing styles, but interiors that feel instinctively right from the moment you walk in. What sets BD Interiors apart is the seamless nature of their service. From interior design and spatial planning to kitchen and bathroom design, interior architecture and full project management. Everything is handled under one roof. This integrated approach ensures clarity, consistency and a level of detail that is often lost when

356 AUGUST 2026

“Each project begins with understanding the rhythms, preferences and personality of the people who will inhabit the space”


H OUSE & GARDEN

Why Should We Only Feel Like We’re on Holiday for Two Weeks a Year?

O

nce there was a man who lived beside the sea. Every summer morning he surfed in water still cold from the night. He went to work with salt drying on his skin, and each evening sat outside with his wife, coffee cooling in his hand, watching the light turn slowly to gold across the water. Every day he thought the same thing: I could stay in this feeling forever. A book about hygge lay unopened beside him for weeks. He didn’t need a Danish word for something he was already living. Perhaps that’s the point. For most of us, a holiday isn’t about luxury. It’s about ease. The light wakes us gently. We wander onto a terrace with coffee in hand. The kitchen simply works. The view slows us down. Life feels lighter because the environment quietly supports it. Yet in more than twenty years of designing homes, I’ve never had a client say, “I want my home to feel like being on holiday.” Instead they ask for larger kitchens, more glazing, better entertaining spaces or extra

358 AUGUST 2026

THE DETAILS We are appearing at Grand Designs Live, NEC from 2 – 4 October 2026. glenncavill.com

bedrooms. But once we spend time understanding how they truly live, a different brief emerges. They’re not asking for more space. They’re asking for more ease. That’s the discovery behind every home we design. The feeling of a wonderful holiday isn’t created by the destination. It’s created by an environment that removes friction and makes the best moments of everyday life effortless. That is the thinking behind The Cavill Method™. It isn’t a style or a trend. It’s a way of listening deeply enough that the architecture works with your life rather than against it—bringing in more light, creating calm, and helping ordinary Tuesdays feel just a little more extraordinary. As for the man at the beginning of this story that was me. That summer planted a question I’ve been answering ever since: Why should we only feel like we’re on holiday for two weeks a year? Everything we’ve designed since has been our answer. Because the greatest luxury isn’t escaping your home. It’s creating one you never want to leave.


H OUSE & GARDEN

How to Create a Bathroom That Feels Like a Luxury Country Hotel With bathroom design specialists Ripples

THE DETAILS Visit Ripples London at 26 England’s Lane, Belsize Park, London NW3 4TG, ripplesbathrooms.com or call 020 7449 9594.    Visit Ripples Wimbledon at 337 – 339 Haydons Road, Wimbledon, London, SW19 8LA. For more information, visit ripplesbathrooms.com or call 020 37147838.

T

here are few places more restorative than the bathroom of a beautiful country hotel. It isn’t necessarily the largest or most extravagant room, yet it’s often the one that lingers in your memory long after you’ve returned home. Soft lighting, natural textures and a sense of quiet luxury combine to create a space that encourages you to slow down and switch off. As our homes increasingly become places of retreat, many homeowners are looking to recreate that same feeling within their own bathrooms. The secret isn’t about following a particular trend, but embracing timeless design that balances comfort, craftsmanship and natural beauty. Authentic materials form the foundation of the look. Natural stone introduces depth, texture and individuality, while warm timber cabinetry softens the space and creates an inviting atmosphere. These materials not only age beautifully but also offer exceptional durability, making them well suited to the humidity and daily demands of a bathroom. Colour plays an equally important role. Rather than crisp whites or dramatic contrasts, luxury country interiors tend to favour earthy neutrals, gentle greens, rich blues and warm heritage tones inspired by the British landscape. These calming shades create a sense of tranquillity that feels

360 AUGUST 2026

welcoming throughout the year. Architectural details add another layer of character. Wall panelling introduces depth and proportion, while unlacquered or aged brass fittings develop a natural patina over time, giving the room an effortless sense of authenticity. A freestanding bath, positioned as a focal point where space allows, transforms the bathroom from somewhere purely functional into a place dedicated to relaxation. Lighting is often the element that brings everything together. Layering wall lights, discreet LED illumination and warm overhead lighting allows the room to transition effortlessly from bright mornings to peaceful evenings, while dimmers help create an atmosphere more commonly associated with boutique hotels than family homes. Finally, it’s the thoughtful finishing touches that make the difference. Handmade ceramics, woven baskets, fresh greenery and beautifully chosen accessories lend personality without feeling overstyled. A luxury country hotel bathroom is ultimately defined not by opulence, but by how it makes you feel. Calm, comfortable and quietly indulgent, it’s a reminder that thoughtful design can elevate even the most ordinary moments of everyday life.


H OUSE & GARDEN

AW26 Home at Oliver Bonas

O

liver Bonas welcomes AW26 with a playful shift towards richer textures, expressive design and personalitypacked pieces for the home and wardrobe. Gathering around the table sets the tone for the season. Tableware paired with hand-painted ceramics and characterful glassware brings a sense of occasion to autumnal hosting. As homes layer up for the cooler months, add polka dots, patchwork detailing and tactile finishes for warmth. Statement icons, cheetah prints and animal motifs bring an unexpected edge. Ambient lighting, punchy prints and warm touches gently hint to the festive period, creating spaces that feel joyful and ready for memory-making.

ABOUT OLIVER BONAS Oliver Bonas is an independent British lifestyle brand, designing our own distinctive take on fashion and homeware. We sell online internationally and from 90+ stores across the UK and the Republic of Ireland, operating as an omnichannel business across multiple platforms. We’ve always been excited by fresh thinking and the alchemy of great design and its power to uplift and inspire. Since our first store opened in 1993, our mission has remained constant throughout: to do our bit to make living a joyful experience and give cause for optimism. It all began with our founder Oliver Tress, the owner of Oliver Bonas. His love of design and exploratory spirit were born out of his upbringing 362 AUGUST 2026

in a creative family living in a variety of diverse countries across America, Asia and Africa. Olly set up the first Oliver Bonas store in London in 1993 and, three decades on, our product teams channel his restless curiosity into distinctive, feel-good fashion and homeware. Oliver Bonas has progressed from curating others’ designs to developing our own, bringing ideas to life in our in-house creative studios. New products land in store and online every week. oliverbonas.com

“Ambient lighting, punchy prints and warm touches gently hint to the festive period”


H OUSE & GARDEN

CARA RANGE ARTISAN C TABLEWARE RANGE Casa by JJ is proud to unveil

“Each piece is designed in our Chelsea London design studio and based on Heritage patterns and designs”

364 AUGUST 2026

asa by JJ has added the Shell Cara collection to its artisan tableware edit — a range of hand-painted ceramics produced by skilled potters in Portugal. Each piece in the collection is decorated by hand, which means no two are identical. The shell motif runs across the range in soft, coastal tones: plates, bowls, and serving pieces that work individually or layered together at table. Founder Josephine Jenno has long sourced from artisan workshops across Europe and beyond, and the Portuguese ceramics tradition — one of the oldest on the continent — sits at the heart of this collection. The hand-painted finish gives each piece a quality that machine production simply can’t replicate. Each piece is designed in our Chelsea London design studio and based on Heritage patterns and designs. “There’s something about Portuguese handpainted ceramics that has always felt genuinely alive,” says Josephine Jenno. “Cara Shell range captures that energy. It’s a collection you’ll reach for again and again.” Shell Cara is available now at casabyjj.com.


We have introduced our own finishing line and specialise in staircase cladding inc. spindles and handrail to match the floors


H OUSE & GARDEN

Want beautifully fragranced laundry to complement your home?

T

here is something undeniably comforting about laundry that smells as beautiful as the rest of your home. Freshly laundered bedding, soft towels and clothes carrying a beautiful, lingering fragrance can completely transform the atmosphere of a room. Just as we choose candles, flowers and room scents to create a particular mood, fragrance-led laundry is becoming part of the way we make our homes feel. Distinctive Wash combines powerful biological cleaning performance with beautifully crafted fragrances inspired by fine perfumery. Made in Yorkshire, its mineral-based washing powder is designed to deliver beautifully clean laundry at lower temperatures, while carefully created fragrances leave fabrics smelling wonderful. From the warm, enveloping notes of Opulence of Amber & Sandalwood, to the fresh citrus and oceanic character of Energising Bergamot, the calming blend of essential oils and botanicals in Relaxing Botanicals & White Blossom, and the atmospheric comfort of Candlelit Cabin, with its delectable hint of smoky leather, there is a fragrance to suit every mood and every home. Because laundry should be more than simply clean. It should be part of the atmosphere you create.

366 AUGUST 2026

WIN A BEAUTIFULLY FRAGRANCED HOME One lucky winner will receive a 10kg Kraft Paper Sack of Distinctive Washing Powder, together with a beautiful glass Kilner Jar for storage, so your detergent doesn’t need to be hidden away. The winner will also receive matching fabric and room spray, plus two luxury soaps in their chosen fragrance. That means beautifully fragranced skin, laundry, fabrics and rooms, all working together to create a home that smells as good as it feels.

TO ENTER: WhatsApp your answer to Distinctive Wash on 07572 417424. Question: Which of these was Distinctive Wash’s original signature fragrance? A. Opulence of Amber & Sandalwood B. Relaxing Essential Oils C. Candlelit Cabin

ENTRY DETAILS To enter, simply WhatsApp your answer letter - A, B or C - along with your name to 07572 417424. The winner will be selected at random from all correct entries. Competition closes at midnight on Friday 18 September 2026. The winner will be notified on Saturday 19 September 2026. Distinctive Wash - Luxury fragrance. Beautifully crafted. Everyday indulgence. To discover more about Distinctive Wash, our fragrances and our beautifully crafted laundry collection, visit Distinctivewash.co.uk


DOUBLE WALL 600ML 600G

GLASS KETTLES 3000W, 1.0L & 1.7L

DOUBLE WALL DIGITAL, KEEP WARM

GLASS TEA POT ROUND & SQUARE

In March 2020 during the most unprecedented times, our family decided that we have to do something good and better to supply our products to the people of the United Kingdom. We created our goal that we have to bring and offer something good and positive which will keep everyone happy and healthy, and at any place (home, study place, working/ business or even leisure places). We decided to import and sell by ourselves, in the United Kingdom, products which will treat and improve quality of air and as well products which will make us healthier and improve taste of water. Why products which treat and improve quality of Air & Water? Because Air and Water are vital components that humanity and everything that is on our planet need to have. From now on, our mission is to offer products are that are cost effective and Eco Friendly – to make You/ Your Family/ Your Friends/ Your Colleagues stay healthy and happy.

FIND + AcsaCi products on AMAZON UK

Together with us, is an international experienced & energetic team with more than 10 Years Experience with searching, developing new products/ new projects, to control and assure quality of each product and to supply whole of the world. We are ready to learn to improve our products, from you (our customers), our suppliers and partners and leaders of the market. We will always do our best to aspire to achieve our mission.

THANK YOU FOR YOUR TRUST AND SUPPORT TO BUY ANY ADDACSACI PRODUCT! www.addacsaci.com


H OUSE & GARDEN

How Lakeland Paints compares in the UK Eco Paint market The UK Eco Paint market claims “Natural”, “Eco”, “Organic” and “VOC-free”. But very few deliver. See how Lakeland Paints compares.

WHAT THESE CLAIMS MEAN • 0.00% VOC: A genuine total absence of Volatile Organic Compounds, as defined by ASA ruling A17-396612. Many paints labelled “VOC-free” still contain up to 0.1% VOC. That is not zero. • Organic: Free of pesticides and herbicides, nontoxic certified, EN 71 toy-safety certified, and free from heavy metals. • Next Day: Shipped on a next-working-day service to UK mainland addresses, with a 99% ontime delivery record. • MIT-CIT-BIT-FREE?: Free of methylisothiazolinone (MIT), chloromethylisothiazolinone (CIT) and benzisothiazolinone (BIT). These are biocidal preservatives widely used in water-based paints, and known allergens recognised as skin sensitisers and common triggers for contact dermatitis.

THE LAKELAND STANDARD. TRUE ZERO. NO EXCEPTIONS. For over 30 years Lakeland Paints have made one simple promise: to make paint with absolutely no solvents and no Volatile Organic Compounds. They do not hide behind loopholes. They set the standard, and we declare every single ingredient on their website.

SO WHAT ABOUT EVERYONE ELSE? Below are the “we are special” claims made by other brands in the eco, environmental and healthy paint sector. These are their own words, lifted from their own marketing. If you can spot anything here, or on their websites, that genuinely makes them different, please let Lakeland know! Verus Paint “VOCs independently tested.” Tested, yes. Results published? No. 368 AUGUST 2026

Brand

0.00% VOC

Organic

Lakeland Paints Farrow & Ball Little Greene Little Knights Earthborn Tikkurila COAT Paints Lick Paints Verus Bulmer Yes Colours Zhoosh Victory P&P Library Annie Sloan Frenchic

Y X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Y X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Next Day MIT-CITBIT-FREE? Y Y Y X X X X Y X X Y X X X X X X Y Y X Y X X X Y X X X Y X X X

X means beware = not found on the UK website, or not stated, or not current, or not valid for some items - as of July 14th 2026. *CIT-MIT-BIT is a known allergen.

Lick Paints “Low VOC, eco-friendly, water-based.” Low? Low is not zero. Edward Bulmer “Virtually VOC-free.” Virtually is not zero. Graphenstone “Trace VOCs only.” Trace is not zero. Notice a pattern? Effectively. Virtually. Low. Trace. No added. Every one of them is a way of saying not zero. Lakeland Paint is the only one that does not need a qualifier, because it is genuinely zero VOC, like the air in your home, and they are happy to send the certificates to prove it. lakelandpaints.co.uk


H OUSE & GARDEN

FIXED FEES, FEWER SURPRISES: The practice rethinking how home extensions begin

F

or most homeowners, the hardest part of extending a house is not the building work. It is everything that comes before it. Fee proposals arrive priced by the hour, timescales stretch, and by the time drawings finally reach the local authority the budget has already moved. Hampshire Build Limited was set up to answer that problem. The St Albans-based residential design practice works exclusively on fixed fees, quoting a single price at the outset that covers the entire design stage — measured survey, planning application, building regulations drawings and structural calculations all included. “People aren’t frightened of spending money on their home,” says founder Mark Eden. “They’re frightened of not knowing what it will cost. We take that uncertainty off the table before anyone commits.” The practice specialises in rear and side extensions, loft conversions and garage conversions, and offers three packages ranging from £1,950 plus VAT for homeowners testing feasibility and securing planning permission, up to £5,950 plus VAT for a full technical package ready

370 AUGUST 2026

for a builder to price. Its model is deliberately founder-led. Every project is run personally by Eden rather than passed down a chain, with a small team handling survey work and technical drawing production. That structure appears to be paying off: the practice reports a 98 per cent planning approval rate across its applications, well above the national average for householder submissions. Clients are also given access to a vetted panel of contractors, so a project that begins as a set of drawings does not stall for want of someone to build it. The practice works across Hertfordshire and London postcodes, as well as Buckinghamshire, Oxfordshire, Berkshire, Surrey, Hampshire and Wiltshire, and deliberately takes on a limited number of projects at any one time so that each receives proper attention. For anyone who has circled the idea of an extension for months without ever getting a straight answer on cost, it is a refreshingly plain proposition: one price, one point of contact, and a drawing set the council will approve.

“The St Albansbased residential design practice works exclusively on fixed fees, quoting a single price at the outset that covers the entire design stage”

THE DETAILS Hampshire Build Limited T: 01722 548911 E: mark@hampshirebuild.co.uk W: hampshirebuild.co.uk


FROM THE HINDU KUSH TO HEBDEN BRIDGE

ABLE STORY

A REMARK SINESS WITH

A SMALL BU

Whilst serving in a reconstruction role in Afghanistan in 2003 James fell in love with the country and its people, also developing a passion for their rugs. James bought over 40 rugs during his six months there - he never thought he’d have another opportunity to do so, as there was no stable internet or social media to stay in touch at the time. About 12 years later after James had left the military and moved to Hebden Bridge, he managed to track down his Afghan friend he used to buy from in 2003 after weeks of searching, rekindled their friendship online and the business was born. James stocks rugs suitable for a modern flat through to large country houses, trading from their large new premises and also online. “Even with the new government in place we continue to support over 150 weavers – mainly women, as they can still weave in their homes and maintain an income for their family.’ Every rug and kilim is certified Fair Trade, they are Living Wage employers, corporate sponsors of Afghanaid and plant 5 trees for every sale online or in store.

WWW.THEAFGHANRUGSHOP.CO.UK |

@AFGHANRUGSHOP @THEAFGHANRUGSHOP

01422 843331


H OUSE & GARDEN

From Average to Elegant:

A Chelsea Art Deco Rooftop Reborn

A

t the top of the Grade II listed Cranmer Court Art Deco mansion block in the heart of Chelsea, a once compromised family apartment has been coaxed into something genuinely elegant and beautifully functional. Striking this balance is never easy in a small London apartment, but Lindi Reynolds & Co. wove a magical transformation, managing every stage of the project from conception to the keys at the door. Lindi, the studio’s founding creative director, cites this as their secret weapon. “Because we manage every stage of the project, with every last detail, we are in full control of the outcomes, and the process is more straightforward for our clients.” Intrusive concrete beams, exposed pipework, and a bathroom sandwiched into a passageway were the starting point, and none of it could be moved. Working within the constraints of a listed building, the team found intuitive ways to design around the challenges, turning every awkward feature into an opportunity for craftsmanship. The result is a home where nothing feels compromised. Structural beams have been folded discreetly into bespoke cabinetry, while the troublesome bathroom, once squeezed into a corridor, now reads as a refined, elegantly functional space. Even the low, irregular ceilings beneath the eaves appear considered rather than cramped. A signature motif borrowed from the building’s own Art Deco bones unites it all: curves resolving gracefully into straight lines, echoed across 372 AUGUST 2026

cabinetry, pelmets, and worktops, softening every corner while tailored storage keeps daily life effortless. The design also answers how this family lives. As frequent travellers, they needed flexible storage for luggage and adaptable sleeping arrangements, including split beds and integrated trundles, ready to welcome extended family. Wall panelling was designed to showcase their art collection while leaving room for it to grow. Sustainability was quietly built in too, with existing fabric retained, secondary glazing improving comfort without disturbing original windows, and bespoke furniture crafted to last generations. The clients were not fully UK based, so Lindi Reynolds & Co. oversaw the entire build from afar, coordinating makers and contractors to bring the vision to life. The outcome is a home that no longer wears its limitations; it wears its transformation instead.

THE DETAILS Lindi Reynolds & Co lindireynolds.com T: 020 82243228 M: 07940572554


O ur Best Eve r Summer Sale E n ds 31.08.2026 KING SIZE FOR PRICE OF A DOUBLE OR SUPER KING FOR PRICE OF A KING

FREE GIFTS INCLUDING MATTRESS COVERS, PILLOWS & RECYCLING


H OUSE & GARDEN

Mindful, Curated Interiors – Residential and Commercial.

Design Studio & Store Magasin, 74 Colston St, Bristol. +44 7462 832874 www.emily-rickard.com | studio@emily-rickard.com | @emilyrickardstyle 374 AUGUST 2026


LUXURY

KITCHENS GUIDE

– Everything you need to create the perfect London kitchen – I M AG E : K U B E K I T C H E N S


R E A L K I T C H E N S F O R R E A L FA M I L I E S FREE QUOOKER FLEX with all orders over £5,000 pus VAT T&C’S apply

N E W F O R 2 0 2 6 E V E N M O R E S T O R A G E W I T H O U R 8 7 5 M M TA L L E R B A S E U N I T S


We supply high quality German, Italian and traditional handmade English bespoke kitchens at family-friendly prices.

Our 2026 range offers all the modern developments in kitchen design, including reduced plinth heights and the TIP-ON touch opening system, together with specialised utility room furniture providing a myriad of clever storage solutions. Much of our business comes via word-of-mouth recommendations from happy clients. We’re proud of our reputation and our customer service is second to none, for which we were awarded the Best of Houzz Client Satisfaction Award.

020 8741 1981 | KEITH@WESTLONDONKITCHENS.COM | WWW.WESTLONDONKITCHENS.COM


KITCHEN GUIDE

LUXURY FROM START TO FINISH

F

ounded over 15 years ago, West London Kitchens have been helping clients across London, create their dream kitchen. Owner Keith Patterson supplies high-end German, Italian and traditional handmade English bespoke kitchens catering for all tastes and budgets - whether it be modern and contemporary, shaker or traditional. Real kitchens for real families - offering great flexibility in style, finish and colour and delivered ready built which cuts down dramatically on the time and mess of installation. West London Kitchens work with leading brands including German brands Schuller and Next125, Italian brand Aster Cucine and from the UK, SINC for their traditional kitchens. The family-run business offers dozens of colours and styles together with all the modern developments in kitchen design. Premium, cuttingedge design and unparalleled luxury. They also offer specialised utility room furniture providing a myriad of clever storage solutions - allowing you to use every centimetre of available space. They have a smaller studio showroom, rather than an expensive high street showroom – keeping costs down, which can be passed on to their clients. With easy local parking, you can view all their door ranges together with worktop, splashback and lighting samples. All their kitchens come with a 5 year warranty. Much of their business comes via word-of mouth recommendations from happy clients and

378 AUGUST 2026

their builders, architects and interior designers. “Our kitchen is everything and more that we could have hoped for! Keith and Emma were very patient and knowledgeable with us. Nothing was too much trouble. The fitting was perfect and every day we love our kitchen just a little bit more. We wouldn’t hesitate to recommend West London Kitchens.” - Mrs S West London Kitchens are proud of their reputation and their customer service is second to none. Whether you are planning major building work or just looking to upgrade your old kitchen, get in touch for a free consultation. Whatever your requirements… West London Kitchens has a kitchen to match your needs.

THE DETAILS You can view their latest range by visiting westlondonkitchens.com 020 8741 1981 info@westlondonkitchens.com


HUSK x Ro Projects Launch Kitchen Collection

Crown Ash timber veneer. Hand-sprayed with a water-based coloured finish, the process allows the natural wood grain to remain subtly visible, creating texture while supporting a durable, lowerimpact production method. Compatible with IKEA METOD, Howdens, DIY Kitchens, and HUSK cabinetry systems, the collection offers flexibility across a range of kitchen projects. Available from March 2026, with lead times of around 8–12 weeks, prices start from £3,950 for a small kitchen. The collection is available to view at HUSK’s Christmas Steps showroom, Bristol. Photography by Paul Whitbread & Leighton James.

H

USK, the Bristol-based kitchen makers, have partnered with interior design studio Ro Projects to launch a new collection of painted timber kitchen doors, combining HUSK’s accessible custom kitchen approach with Ro Projects’ artistic exploration of colour. The collaboration began after a chance meeting in Copenhagen following a design show, where a shared interest in materiality, colour, and craftsmanship led to conversations about creating a painted door range together. Developed through close collaboration in Bristol, the collection was refined through extensive testing of tones, finishes, and materials. The range features 11 curated colours designed to work individually or in combination across a kitchen scheme. Inspired by Ro Projects founder Rosa Roig-Fiol’s artistic practice, the palette brings an expressive approach to colour while remaining practical for everyday interiors. Each door is made to order in Bristol using a moisture-resistant MDF core with FSC-certified

“We developed a range that feels distinctive while still practical for everyday use” – HUSK co-founder Dave Young

AUGUST 2026 379


KITCHEN GUIDE

[SHOPPING]

KITCHENS WE LOVE ThisBlue & White Lemon ‘Olio’ Oil Bottle from oliver Bonas. oliverbonas.com

PERFECT POTTERY DOWN TO EARTH Earthy and inviting, Frame Olive adds a natural warmth to your kitchen. This rich green shaker-style door pairs effortlessly with stone worktops, warm woods, or brushed metals, bringing a touch of the outdoors in. With its matt finish and colour-matched reverse, it’s a timeless choice made in Germany and delivered pre-assembled for lasting quality. kubekitchens.co.uk

Delightful tea mug from the creative studio of Sthal. Made from durable white stoneware, it is exquisitely decorated with an arabesque design and a glossy crackle glaze finish. curatedliving.co.uk

RABBITING ON Cotton Tea Towel “Rabbit Patch” – Designed by Ulster Weavers. Printed on a parchment-coloured background, a lovely collection of gorgeous bunnies. home-landing.co.uk

COPPER CLUB THE LIGHT SIDE The evolution of our best-selling filter, now with a chrome finish and Swedish Mineral Rock™ technology for remineralisation. The EcoPro SMR: purer, better-tasting water! tappwater.co/en-gb 380 AUGUST 2026

Full of warm golden tones, this decorative glass bowl serves as a stunning centrepiece, perfect for enhancing the elegance of a dining room table or adding a touch of sophistication to a living room sideboard. coxandcox.co.uk


THE ART OF ITALIAN EXCELLENCE

Since 1949, Fulgor Milano has embodied the finest traditions of Italian craftsmanship, creating luxury kitchen appliances where timeless design meets uncompromising performance. Proudly family-owned, the brand is guided by the vision of the Meneghetti family, whose roots in Italy’s Veneto region inspire a philosophy founded on exceptional design, precision engineering, and a passion for authentic culinary living. Every appliance is meticulously crafted in Italy, combining master craftsmanship with innovative technology to deliver outstanding performance and enduring elegance. From iconic range cookers to sophisticated coffee systems, each collection is designed to elevate both the kitchen and the cooking experience. Chosen by discerning homeowners, celebrated chefs, and leading designers worldwide, Fulgor Milano represents more than exceptional appliances—it is an expression of refined Italian living, where every detail is considered and every finish perfected. Fulgor Milano. Crafted in Italy. Designed for those who appreciate the exceptional. Phone number 01206 849900 nelly@euroline.co.uk | Euroline.co.uk | 8 De Grey Square, De Grey Road, Colchester CO4 5YQ Quote code LL08 to receive an exclusive discount on your Fulgor Milano appliance, along with a complimentary luxury gift.* *Terms and conditions apply.


KITCHEN GUIDE

BESPOKE OR UNFITTED? IT’S YOUR CHOICE

Four ways to engage with our kitchen design team, the first three relating to the Unfitted collection: 01. The single piece of furniture If you want to fill a gap in your kitchen or elevate your storage with, eg, our Spice and Condiments cupboard, just get in touch. A beautiful wellcrafted piece of furniture will arrive at your doorstep. Our delivery team will carry the furniture into your home and help with installation.

“A space that feels truly personal” – Kitchen Designer Johnny Grey

J

ohnny Grey’s kitchens are built to grow with you and to suit your changing needs. Anchored in quality they celebrate the beauty of British craftsmanship with every product hand-made by skilled artisans using only the finest responsibly sourced wood. There are many ways to choose your new kitchen. Select individual furniture pieces fromour Unfitted collection or engage our design team to create the perfect space. We have 40 years’ experience designing unique kitchens for discerning clients around the world.

382 AUGUST 2026

02. The design advisory scheme If you would like to explore further options and more furniture, Johnny and team will propose a layout including elevations and costings. 03. The essential design proposal If you have tricky architecture, an open plan living space or requirements you would like to explore in detail, Johnny Grey Studios will come up with a detailed plan. This includes elevations and a 3D drawing showing key items of furniture in your interior space, letting you see your kitchen before it arrives. We happily collaborate with interior designers, architects, developers and builders. unfittedkitchencompany.com 04. And finally, the fully customised approach This is a comprehensive service creating unique kitchens from scratch. It is our traditional fully bespoke approach. We visit the client, explore the house and coordinate with other professionals. See our website for more details johnnygrey.com


KITCHEN DESIGN STUDIOS

www.whw.co.uk enquiries@whw.co.uk @woodenheartweybridge 01932 856850 Showrooms @ 80 & 82 Church Street, Weybridge. KT13 8DL


KITCHEN GUIDE

DISTINCTIVE

KITCHEN

LIGHTING

M

ost kitchen designers will encourage you to have practical spotlights in your ceiling and practical under cabinet LED lights, but these are only part of the lighting solution. If you have the option to bring in more personality and sparkle – consider decorative lighting as part of the lighting mix to create mood and drama. Whats your Style? Whether it is a traditional country kitchen with hand crafted cabinets, a modern minimalistic or industrial influenced style, there are many decorative lights available to suit. Choose a light that has a metal finish that blends in or perhaps contrasts with the architectural elements in the room such as cabinet handles or taps. Choose lighting to suit your space If you have the luxury of space and have an island or breakfast bar – consider hanging multiple pendants above to provide additional task lighting or a lower level of light output when the spotlights are not required. You may have a low ceiling so choose from a large collection of flush or semiflush fixtures for this situation. Blend in or stand out? With the continuing trend of open plan kitchen/ dining spaces you may wish to include a range of lights that have matching pendants and chandeliers to bring the space together. Alternatively you may want to choose a sculptural or sparkly chandelier over a nice dining table that becomes a statement of your personality. For more inspirational ideas to brighten up your Kitchen, visit the Distinctive Lighting showroom in Mill Lane, Alton, Hampshire where you will find more than 3,000 lighting models on display. The variety of choice is unrivalled, and our staff are on hand Monday to Friday 9-5pm and Saturday 9-1pm, to provide a friendly advisory service. T: 01420 590510 distinctivelightinguk.com

384 AUGUST 2026


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook